RAM 1500 2024 Owner's Manual

RAM 1500 2024 Owner's Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for 1500 2024:
Table of Contents

Advertisement

2024 RAM 1500
OW N E R' S M A N UA L

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the 1500 2024 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Gene ralston
March 5, 2025

How to adjust interior lights to go on when opening doors

4 comments:
Mr. Anderson
March 5, 2025

To adjust the interior lights on the RAM 1500 2024 to turn on when opening doors, ensure that the Dome Defeat button on the overhead console is not pressed. When the doors are opened, the courtesy lights should automatically turn on.

This answer is automatically generated

Gene ralston
March 5, 2025

Where is the dome defeat button located

User image 67c8951a974b9
Gene ralston
March 5, 2025

@Gene ralston

gene ralston
March 5, 2025

@Gene ralston

Summary of Contents for RAM 1500 2024

  • Page 1 2024 RAM 1500 OW N E R’ S M A N UA L...
  • Page 2 V e h i c l e i m a g e s a r e f o r i l l u s t r a t i o n p u r p o s e s o n l y . A c t u a l p r o d u c t s s o l d m a y v a r y .
  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................7 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE.
  • Page 4 DOORS ......25 INTRODUCTION Outside Mirrors ....39 Manual Door Locks .
  • Page 5 WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS ..47 TAILGATE ......67 PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER —...
  • Page 6 ACTIVE-LEVEL FOUR CORNER AIR SUSPENSION PARKSENSE ACTIVE PARK ASSIST SYSTEM — Extended Park Starting ....113 SYSTEM (OFF-ROAD GROUP) — IF EQUIPPED . . . 136 IF EQUIPPED ..... . 155 If Engine Fails To Start .
  • Page 7 DRIVE MODES ..... 207 SAFETY TIPS ..... . 272 Towing Requirements .
  • Page 8 ENHANCED ACCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM TIRES ......326 Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) And Liquid (EARS) ......291 Tire Safety Information .
  • Page 9: Introduction

    FCA aims at a constant improvement of the vehicles produced. For this reason, it reserves the right to make changes to the model described for technical and/or commercial reasons. For further information, contact an authorized dealer. When it comes to service, remember that authorized dealers know your Ram vehicle best, have factory-trained technicians, genuine Mopar® parts, and care about your satisfaction.
  • Page 10: Introduction Important Notice

    INTRODUCTION IMPORTANT NOTICE SYMBOLS KEY ALL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLICATION IS BASED ON THE LATEST INFORMA- TION AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF PUBLICATION APPROVAL. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO WARNING! These statements apply to operating pro- PUBLISH REVISIONS AT ANY TIME. cedures that could result in a collision, After you have read the Owner’s Manual, it should be stored in the vehicle for conve- bodily injury and/or death.
  • Page 11: Van Conversions/Campers

    INTRODUCTION VAN CONVERSIONS/CAMPERS The New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not apply to body modifications or special equipment installed by van conversion/camper manufacturers/body builders. Such equipment includes video monitors, DVD/Blu-Ray™, heaters, stoves, refrigerators, etc. For warranty coverage and service on these items, contact the applicable manufacturer.
  • Page 12 INTRODUCTION A — Forward Limit of Camper CG B — Rearward Limit of Camper CG When the truck is used to carry a slide-in camper, the total cargo load of the truck con- Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your sists of the manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the weight of installed additional vehicle.
  • Page 13: Camper Applications - Trx Only

    INTRODUCTION NOTE: Red Warning Lights These ratings are also provided on the Vehicle Certification Label located on the driv- er’s side B-pillar. See page 168 for more information. Battery Charge Warning Light For any additional instructions, please contact your conversion/camper manufacturer page 102 or an authorized dealer.
  • Page 14 INTRODUCTION Red Warning Lights Red Warning Lights Hood Open Warning Light Trailer Brake Disconnected Warning Light page 103 page 103 Transmission Temperature Warning Light Oil Pressure Warning Light page 103 page 104 Oil Temperature Warning Light Vehicle Security Warning Light page 103 page 104 Yellow Warning Lights...
  • Page 15 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Warning Lights Cruise Control Fault Warning Light Low Fuel Warning Light page 106 page 105 Electric Park Brake Warning Light Rear Axle Locker Fault Warning Light page 104 page 105 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Active Warning Light Service Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Light page 104 page 105...
  • Page 16 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Indicator Lights Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warning Light Air Suspension Ride Height Raising Indicator Light page 106 page 107 Yellow Indicator Lights Air Suspension Ride Height Lowering Indicator Light page 107 Air Suspension Payload Protection Indicator Light page 107 Cargo Light Active Indicator Light page 107...
  • Page 17 INTRODUCTION Yellow Indicator Lights Yellow Indicator Lights 4WD High Indicator Light Rear Fog Indicator Light page 107 page 108 Green Indicator Lights Trailer Merge Assist Indicator Light page 108 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With Target Indicator Light page 108 TOW/HAUL Indicator Light page 108 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With No Target Detected Indicator...
  • Page 18 INTRODUCTION Green Indicator Lights Green Indicator Lights LaneSense Indicator Light Custom Mode Indicator Light page 108 page 109 Mud/Sand Mode Indicator Light Parking/Headlights On Indicator Light page 108 page 109 Stop/Start Active Indicator Light Rock Mode Indicator Light page 109 page 109 Turn Signal Indicator Lights Snow Mode Indicator Light...
  • Page 19 INTRODUCTION Green Indicator Lights Blue Indicator Lights Valet Mode Indicator Light High Beam Indicator Light page 109 page 110 White Indicator Lights Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Ready Indicator Light page 109 Cruise Control Ready Indicator Light page 109 Cruise Control SET Indicator Light page 110 Selec-Speed Control (SSC) Indicator Light page 109...
  • Page 20: Getting To Know Your Vehicle

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: KEYS A low key fob battery condition may be indicated by a message in the instrument cluster display, or by the KEY FOB LED light on the key fob. If the LED key fob light no lon- ger illuminates from key fob button pushes, then the Your vehicle is equipped with a key fob which supports key fob battery requires replacement.
  • Page 21: Air Suspension (Remote Lowering Of The Vehicle) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: The Panic feature will stay on for three minutes unless 1. Remove the emergency key (1) by pushing the emer- you turn it off by either pushing the Panic button a sec- gency key release button (2) on the side of the key Ensure the vehicle is clear of all objects, pets, and ond time or driving the vehicle at a speed of 15 mph fob, and pulling the emergency key out with your...
  • Page 22: Sentry Key

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • 6. To assemble the key fob case, line up the top edge Only key fobs that are programmed to the vehicle of the back cover with the top of the fob, and press electronics can be used to start and operate the the edges into the interlocking hinges until all edges vehicle.
  • Page 23: Ignition Switch

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE thorized vehicle operation. Therefore, only key fobs that IGNITION SWITCH are programmed to the vehicle can be used to start and • Engine is not started operate the vehicle. The system cannot reprogram a • Some electrical devices are available (e.g.
  • Page 24: Remote Start - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • For more information on normal engine starting, see HOW TO USE REMOTE START WARNING! page 111. Push and release the Remote Start button on the key • When exiting the vehicle, always remove the key •...
  • Page 25: To Exit Remote Start Mode

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: NOTE: • Brake switch inactive (brake pedal not pressed) • If the vehicle is equipped with a rear climate system, it Battery at an acceptable charge level • To avoid unintentional shutdowns, the system will will remain off to allow for optimal front row •...
  • Page 26: Remote Start Windshield Wiper De-Icer Activation - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE REMOTE START WINDSHIELD VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM — TO DISARM THE SYSTEM WIPER DE-ICER ACTIVATION — The Vehicle Security system can be disarmed using any IF EQUIPPED of the following methods: IF EQUIPPED • Push the unlock button on the key fob. The Vehicle Security system monitors the vehicle doors, When Remote Start is active and the outside ambient •...
  • Page 27: Rearming Of The System

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE If the Vehicle Security system is armed and the battery WARNING! becomes disconnected, the Vehicle Security system will remain armed when the battery is reconnected; the • Never leave children alone in a vehicle, or with exterior lights will flash, and the horn will sound.
  • Page 28: Power Side Steps - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To Unlock From The Driver Or Passenger Side The driver’s door will unlock automatically if the key fob KEYLESS ENTER ‘N GO™ — is detected inside the vehicle when the door lock button With a valid Passive Entry key fob within 5 ft (1.5 m) of PASSIVE ENTRY on the front door panel is used to lock the door.
  • Page 29 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Frequency Operated Button Integrated Key • Three attempts are made to lock the doors using (FOBIK-Safe) the door panel switch and then the doors are closed. To minimize the possibility of unintentionally locking a Passive Entry key fob inside your vehicle, the Passive •...
  • Page 30: Automatic Unlock Doors On Exit - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE AUTOMATIC UNLOCK DOORS ON WARNING! EXIT — IF EQUIPPED Avoid trapping anyone in the vehicle in a collision. The doors will unlock automatically on vehicles with Remember that the rear doors cannot be opened power door locks after the following sequence of from the inside door handle when the Child Protec- actions: tion Door Locks are engaged.
  • Page 31: Heated Steering Wheel - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE HEATED STEERING WHEEL — WARNING! IF EQUIPPED • Do not place anything on the steering wheel that The steering wheel contains a heating ele- insulates against heat, such as a blanket or steer- ing wheel covers of any type or material. This may ment that helps warm your hands in cold cause the steering wheel heater to overheat.
  • Page 32: Programming The Memory Feature

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE LINKING AND UNLINKING THE KEY MEMORY POSITION RECALL FOB TO MEMORY NOTE: Your key fob can be programmed to recall one of two If a recall is attempted when the vehicle is not in PARK, saved memory profiles.
  • Page 33: Manual Adjustment Front Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE MANUAL ADJUSTMENT FRONT While sitting in the seat, pull up on the handle and slide the seat forward or rearward. Release the bar once you SEATS — IF EQUIPPED have reached the desired position. Then, using body pressure, move forward and rearward on the seat to be sure that the seat adjusters have latched.
  • Page 34: Manual Adjustment Rear Seats

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE MANUAL ADJUSTMENT REAR WARNING! SEATS Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the shoulder belt is no longer resting against your chest. WARNING! In a collision you could slide under the seat belt, which could result in serious injury or death.
  • Page 35: Power Adjustment Front Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Adjusting The Seat Up Or Down POWER ADJUSTMENT FRONT CAUTION! SEATS — IF EQUIPPED The height of the seats can be adjusted up or down by Do not place any article under a power seat or using the power seat switch.
  • Page 36: Heated Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Easy Entry/Exit Seat — If Equipped NOTE: HEATED SEATS — IF EQUIPPED This feature provides automatic driver’s seat position- • Once a heat setting is selected, heat will be felt ing to enhance driver mobility when entering and exiting within two to five minutes.
  • Page 37: Ventilated Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Front Head Restraints VENTILATED SEATS — IF EQUIPPED PLASTIC GROCERY BAG RETAINERS — IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle is equipped with front four-way driver and Front Ventilated Seats passenger head restraints. Retainer hooks which will hold plastic grocery bag The ventilated seat control buttons are located To raise the head restraint, pull upward on the head handles are attached to the underside of the rear seat...
  • Page 38: Rear Head Restraints

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! WARNING! • All occupants, including the driver, should not oper- Sitting in a seat with the head restraint in its lowered ate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle’s seat until the position could result in serious injury or death in a head restraints are placed in their proper positions collision.
  • Page 39: Basic Voice Commands

    Uconnect 5/5 NAV, command. Some examples of “Wake Up” words say the vehicle’s “Wake Up” word, “Hey Uconnect”. include “Hey Uconnect” or “Hey Ram”. DRIVER ADJUSTABLE PEDALS — After the beep, say: 5. You can interrupt the help message or system “...
  • Page 40: Mirrors

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: The pedals cannot be adjusted when the vehicle is in MIRRORS REVERSE or when the Cruise Control system or Adap- The Automatic Dimming Mirror feature is disabled when tive Cruise Control system is on. If there is an attempt the vehicle is in REVERSE to improve the driver’s rear INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR to adjust the pedals when the system is locked out, one...
  • Page 41: Illuminated Vanity Mirror

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE ILLUMINATED VANITY MIRROR To access an illuminated vanity mirror, flip down one of the visors and lift the cover. Digital Rearview Mirror 1 — On/Off Control/Toggle Slide-On-Rod Extender 2 — Menu Button 3 — Left Scroll Button NOTE: 4 —...
  • Page 42: Outside Automatic Dimming Mirrors - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Outside Mirrors Folding Feature The approach lighting, which turns on in both mirrors The power mirror controls consist of mirror select but- when you use the key fob or open any door is located tons and a four-way mirror control switch. To adjust a All outside mirrors are hinged and may be moved either on the underside of the mirror.
  • Page 43: Trailer Towing Mirrors - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE does not fold automatically, check for ice or dirt buildup TRAILER TOWING MIRRORS — at the pivot area, which can cause excessive drag. IF EQUIPPED These mirrors are designed with an adjustable mirror head to provide a greater vision range when towing extra-wide loads.
  • Page 44: Multifunction Lever

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE For TRX Models: The headlight switch also controls the DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRLS) CAUTION! clearance lamps and the front and rear identification The Daytime Running Lights (DRLs) come on whenever lamps. The clearance lamps and the front and rear Do not use abrasive cleaning components, solvents, the engine is running, and the low beams are not on.
  • Page 45: Flash-To-Pass

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS — If your vehicle is equipped with the Rain Sensing Wiper system page 47, and it is activated, the headlights IF EQUIPPED • The Automatic High Beam Headlamp Control can be will automatically turn on after the wipers complete five turned on or off by selecting “ON”...
  • Page 46: Fog Lights - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: FOG LIGHTS — IF EQUIPPED The fog lights will operate when the low beam head- The fog light switch is built into the headlight switch. lights or parking lights are on. However, selecting the high beam headlights will turn off the fog lights.
  • Page 47: Battery Saver

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Front Map/Reading Lights BATTERY SAVER The overhead console lights can also be operated indi- Timers are set to both the interior and exterior lights to vidually as reading lights by pushing the corresponding protect the life of your vehicle’s battery. buttons.
  • Page 48: Dimmer Controls

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Dimmer Controls NOTE: The brightness of the Uconnect touchscreen cannot be The dimmer controls are inboard and adjacent to the adjusted when the instrument panel dimmer control is headlight switch located on the left side of the instru- rotated to the upper most detent, even when Display ment panel.
  • Page 49: Windshield Wipers And Washers

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Mist WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS 18 seconds between cycles, to a cycle every one sec- ond. The delay intervals will double in duration when When a single wipe to clear off road mist or spray from the vehicle speed is 10 mph (16 km/h) or less.
  • Page 50: Climate Controls

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: CLIMATE CONTROLS • The Rain Sensing feature will not operate when the The Climate Control system allows you to regulate the wiper switch is in the low or high-speed position. temperature, air flow, and direction of air circulating •...
  • Page 51 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE A/C Button Auto Button Rear Defrost Button Press and release this button on the touch- Set your desired temperature and press Press and release the Rear Defrost button screen, or push the button on the faceplate AUTO.
  • Page 52 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Bi-Level Mode Faceplate Push the blue button (or rotate knob if equipped) on the faceplate, press the blue The blower speed increases as you turn the blower con- Air comes from the instrument panel outlets button on the touchscreen, or press and trol knob clockwise from the lowest blower setting.
  • Page 53: Manual Climate Control Descriptions And Functions

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL automatically if this mode is selected. Attempting to use Recirculation while in this mode causes the LED in the DESCRIPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS • For Manual Climate Controls, if the system is in Mix, control button to blink and then turn off.
  • Page 54: Automatic Temperature Control (Atc) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Temperature Control Panel Mode AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) — IF EQUIPPED Temperature Control regulates the temperature of the Air comes from the outlets in the instrument air forced through the climate system. panel. Each of these outlets can be individu- Automatic Operation ally adjusted to direct the flow of air.
  • Page 55: Climate Voice Recognition - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Manual Operation Override Winter Operation Stop/Start System — If Equipped This system offers a full complement of manual over- To ensure the best possible heater and defroster perfor- While in an Autostop, the Climate Control system may ride features.
  • Page 56: Interior Storage And Equipment

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE INTERIOR STORAGE AND EQUIPMENT WARNING! WARNING! • Do not operate this vehicle with a glove compartment This armrest is not a seat. Anyone seated on the STORAGE in the open position. Driving with the glove compart- armrest could be seriously injured during vehicle ment open may result in injury in a collision.
  • Page 57 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! Do not operate this vehicle with a console compart- ment lid in the open position. Driving with the console compartment lid open may result in injury in a collision. Premium Center Console — If Equipped The premium center console is equipped with two front storage bins located in front of the center storage com- partment.
  • Page 58: Front Bench Seat Storage - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Center Console Storage Area — TRX Only With the seatback in the upright position, lift the center seat bottom to access additional storage underneath The center console storage area consists of a cubby bin the seat. (located in front of the gear selector) and two cuphold- ers (located to the right of the gear selector).
  • Page 59: Seatback Storage

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Seatback Storage Each storage bin also contains two hooks for securing cargo. These hooks should be used to secure loads Located in the back of both the driver and passenger safely when the vehicle is moving. front seats are pockets that can be used for storage.
  • Page 60: Usb/Aux Control

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: The rear seats do not need to be folded up to access this feature. USB/AUX CONTROL Located on the center stack, just below the instrument panel, is the main media hub. There are four total USB ports: Two Mini-USBs (Type C) and two Standard USBs (Type A).
  • Page 61: Electrical Power Outlets

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Applicable to only Uconnect 5/5 NAV With 8.4-inch Dis- CAUTION! play, and Uconnect 5 NAV With 12-inch Display radios, different scenarios are listed as follows when a non- • Do not exceed the maximum power of 160 Watts phone device is plugged into the smaller and larger (13 Amps) at 12 Volts.
  • Page 62: Power Inverter - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! • If this outlet is mishandled, it may cause an elec- tric shock and failure. CAUTION! • Many accessories that can be plugged in draw power from the vehicle's battery, even when not in use (i.e., cellular phones, etc.).
  • Page 63: Wireless Charging Pad - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WIRELESS CHARGING PAD — IF EQUIPPED Rear Center Console Power Inverter Outlet Center Stack Power Inverter NOTE: To turn on the power outlet, simply plug in a device. The outlet turns off when the device is unplugged. 400 Watts is the maximum for the inverter, not each outlet.
  • Page 64: Uv-C Light - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • • Place the device inside the prepared area delimited in Be sure to place the mobile device correctly (display The use of multiple wireless functions at the same the mat as shown in the image. Incorrect positioning facing upward, and phone not covering the LED) on time (wireless charging, Apple CarPlay®, Android will prevent the phone from charging.
  • Page 65 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Any objects placed in the glove compartment for WARNING! hygienizing must be repositioned as many times as nec- essary to ensure that the UV-C light hits every surface • Do not tamper or modify the UV-C light in any way. of the object.
  • Page 66: Windows

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: WINDOWS WARNING! Any impact due to rough road conditions may trigger the auto-reverse function unexpectedly during auto-closure. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. Do not POWER WINDOWS If this happens, pull the switch lightly and hold to close leave the key fob in or near the vehicle or in a loca- the window manually.
  • Page 67: Power Sliding Rear Window - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WIND BUFFETING WARNING! Wind buffeting can be described as the perception of • Never leave children unattended in a vehicle, or pressure on the ears or a helicopter-type sound in the with access to an unlocked vehicle. Never leave ears.
  • Page 68: Hood

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Venting Sunroof Express Open/Close During Express Open or Express Close operation, any other movement of the sunroof switch will stop the Push the sunshade switch rearward and release it Push and release the Vent button within one half sec- sunroof.
  • Page 69: To Close The Hood

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • Before lifting the hood, check that the wiper arms The tailgate damper strut will lower the tailgate to the are not in motion and not in the lifted position. open position (if equipped). • Pressing down on the hood may need to occur WARNING! before pushing the safety latch.
  • Page 70: Closing

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: WARNING! • When the swing doors are open, the maximum load To avoid injury, make sure there is no one in the way placed on a door cannot exceed 180 lb (82 kg). of the power tailgate as it is opening or closing, and •...
  • Page 71 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To remove the tailgate, refer to the following instructions: 1. Open the tailgate to a 45° angle. 2. Lift up on the right side of the tailgate, lifting it off of the pivot. Slide Tailgate To The Right Connector Bracket Location 4.
  • Page 72 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 9. Tape the tailgate harness and bracket against the forward-facing surface of the tailgate. This will pre- vent damaging the connector and bracket when storing or reinstalling the tailgate. 10. Raise the tailgate slightly, and remove the support cables by releasing the lock tang from the pivot.
  • Page 73: Bed Step - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To stow the bed step back under the tailgate, push the WARNING! bed step forward with your foot until the bed step is retracted by the spring load. To avoid inhaling carbon monoxide, which is deadly, the exhaust system on vehicles equipped with “Cap WARNING! or Slide-In Campers”...
  • Page 74: Pickup Box

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE PICKUP BOX WARNING! • The pickup box has many features designed for utility The pickup box is intended for load carrying pur- and convenience. poses only, not for passengers, who should sit in seats and use seat belts. •...
  • Page 75: Bed Rail Tie-Down System - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Cleat Removal (With Tonneau Cover) BED RAIL TIE-DOWN SYSTEM — To remove the cleats from the utility rail, remove the IF EQUIPPED end cap screw located in the center of the end cap, using a #T30 Torx head driver. Remove the end cap and slide the cleat off the end of the rail.
  • Page 76: Rambox - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: Bed rail tie-down system is also available for vehicles not equipped with a RamBox. LOCKING AND UNLOCKING RAMBOX Push and release the lock or unlock button on the key fob to lock and unlock all doors, the tailgate and the RamBox page 18.
  • Page 77 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE RamBox Button And Keyhole Lock RamBox Drain Plug Removal RamBox Power Inverter NOTE: The Instrument Panel Power Inverter switch is only 1 — Keyhole Lock found on vehicles equipped with a RamBox. The switch Provisions are provided in the bins for cargo dividers. 2 —...
  • Page 78: Rambox Safety Warning

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE RAMBOX SAFETY WARNING Carefully follow these warnings to help prevent personal injury or damage to your vehicle: WARNING! • Always close the storage bin covers when your vehicle is unattended. • Do not allow children to have access to the storage bins.
  • Page 79: Storage Position

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 3. Rotate the side gates closed so that the outboard TRI-FOLD TONNEAU COVER — ends are secured into the intended slots of the bed. IF EQUIPPED 4. Rotate the center handle horizontally to secure the side gates in the closed position.
  • Page 80: Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover Folding For Driving Or Removal

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Tonneau Cover Latch Components Position Two (Front And Rear Latches Latched) Location Of Rear Latches 1 — Handle 1 — Panel 1 2 — Slide Locking Lever 2 — Panel 2 3 — Locating Bumper 3 —...
  • Page 81 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Unlatching Latch Hold The Bumper And Push The Handle Up Lift Panel 3 And Fold Onto Panel 2 3. Holding the bumper, push the fully released latch to 4. Lift up on Panel 3 and fold it onto Panel 2. the center and push up.
  • Page 82 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Incorrect Folding — Will Cause Damage Position One (Front Latches Latched And Stowage Straps Fully Folded Tonneau Cover Secured) NOTE: 5. Lift up on the second and third panel and fold them NOTE: onto the first panel. The vehicle can be driven with the Tonneau Cover in Be sure the Tonneau Cover has been folded com- the folded position or can be completely removed.
  • Page 83: Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover Installation

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Unlatching Latch Hold The Bumper And Push The Handle Up Location of Front Latches 8. Holding the bumper, push the fully released latch to the center and push up. Push the handle firmly, locking it into the stowed position. Repeat Steps 2 & 3 for the opposite side latch.
  • Page 84 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 4. Pull down on the handle to ensure the Slide Locking Lever is fully engaged. Do this for both the left and right side. 5. Unclip the stowage straps, and re-snap them to the bow. 6.
  • Page 85: Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover Cleaning

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 8. Repeat steps 2 through 3 for the rear pair of WARNING! latches. You must ensure the Tonneau Cover is properly 9. Pull down on the handle to ensure the Slide Locking installed on the vehicle before driving. An unsecured Lever is fully engaged.
  • Page 86: Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL MIDLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — GASOLINE...
  • Page 87: Midline Instrument Cluster Descriptions - Gasoline

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL NOTE: MIDLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CAUTION! In vehicles equipped with Stop/Start, an oil pres- DESCRIPTIONS — GASOLINE sure indication of zero is normal during an Autostop. Driving with a hot engine cooling system could dam- age your vehicle.
  • Page 88: Highline Instrument Cluster - Gasoline

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL HIGHLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — GASOLINE...
  • Page 89: Highline Instrument Cluster Descriptions - Gasoline

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL HIGHLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WARNING! DESCRIPTIONS — GASOLINE A hot engine cooling system is dangerous. You or oth- ers could be badly burned by steam or boiling cool- 1. Tachometer ant. You may want to call an authorized dealer for ○...
  • Page 90: Premium Instrument Cluster - Gasoline

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — GASOLINE...
  • Page 91: Premium Instrument Cluster Descriptions - Gasoline

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Holding the OK button on the Instrument Cluster Dis- 2. Speedometer play controls located on the steering wheel will allow ○ Indicates vehicle speed. you to change your display from Digital to Analog. NOTE: PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A chime will sound when the vehicle speed is above 120 km/h.
  • Page 92: Premium Instrument Cluster - Trx

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — TRX...
  • Page 93: Premium Instrument Cluster Descriptions - Gasoline

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Holding the OK button on the Instrument Cluster Dis- ment cluster display is designed to display important CAUTION! play controls located on the steering wheel will allow information about your vehicle’s systems and features. you to change your display from Analog to Digital.
  • Page 94 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • Upon returning to a main menu, the last submenu screen viewed within that main menu will be displayed. OK Button: For Digital Speedometer: Pushing the OK button changes units (mph • or km/h). Menu Button •...
  • Page 95: Oil Life Reset

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Pushing the up Navigation • • arrow button will exit each sub- change indicator system is duty cycle based, which ○ menu layer and return to the main menu. means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate, Route Set / Route Not Set ○...
  • Page 96: Display Menu Items

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL DISPLAY MENU ITEMS Push the SET + or the SET- button (located on the steer- ing wheel) and the following will display in the instru- Push and release the up or down arrow button ment cluster display: until the desired selectable menu icon is highlighted in ACC SET...
  • Page 97: Fuel Economy

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Fuel Economy • • Oil Temperature Pitch And Roll ○ Displays the pitch and roll of the vehicle in the • Oil Pressure — If Equipped Push and release the up or down arrow button graphic with the angle number on the screen.
  • Page 98 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL The Performance Features include the following: 0-60 MPH (0-100 km/h) Timer • Best • Last • Current Speed Timers 0-100 MPH (0-160 km/h) Timer • Best • Last • Current 0-60 feet (0-20 meters)/Reaction Timer •...
  • Page 99 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • Current G-Forces • Peak Lap Timer Shows times for Last, Best, and Current laps ran. Lap History • Will list the last four laps with the best lap highlighted in green. Top Speed Shows the top speed of the vehicle.
  • Page 100: Speed Warning

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Speed Warning NOTE: Left Side and Right Side – If Equipped Depending on the vehicle’s trim level and current sta- Push and release the up or down arrow button None Range To Empty Average Econ tus, some options may not be available.
  • Page 101: Head Up Display (Hud) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL PREMIUM CLUSTER Favorite Menus Display Style Performance Trip Info Navigation • Modern (show/hide) • Traditional Off Road Trailer Tow – Audio If Equipped (show/hide) (show/hide) Upper Left or Right Defaults (Restores All Settings To Default Settings) None Time Current Econ...
  • Page 102: Trx Drive Mode

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL ○ NOTE: Advanced: Speed, Speed Limit, Navigation, Driver Push and release the left or right drive mode Assist (ACC/Cruise, LaneSense, Highway Assist/ arrow button to change between the different Drive • The HUD basic settings (Brightness, Display Height Highway Assist+), Gear Modes.
  • Page 103: Warning Lights And Messages

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • • When load reduction is activated, the message “Battery Installing options like additional lights, upfitter elec- The vehicle should have service performed if the Saver On Some Systems May Have Reduced Power” will trical accessories, audio systems, alarms and simi- message is still present during consecutive trips appear in the instrument cluster.
  • Page 104: Brake Warning Light

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Brake Warning Light Door Open Warning Light WARNING! This warning light monitors various brake This indicator will illuminate when a door is Driving a vehicle with the red brake light on is danger- functions, including brake fluid level and ajar/open and not fully closed.
  • Page 105 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Seat Belt Reminder Warning Light NOTE: NOTE: This light may turn on if the accelerator and brake ped- If the vehicle is moving, there will also be a single This warning light indicates when the driver als are pressed at the same time.
  • Page 106: Yellow Warning Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Transmission Temperature Warning Electric Park Brake Warning Light YELLOW WARNING LIGHTS Light — If Equipped This warning light will illuminate to indicate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Fault the Electric Park Brake is not functioning This warning light will illuminate to warn of a Warning Light —...
  • Page 107: Engine Check/Malfunction Indicator Warning Light (Mil)

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Engine Check/Malfunction Indicator CAUTION! Warning Light — If Equipped Warning Light (MIL) Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indicator Light This warning light indicates the ESC is off. The MIL is a part of an Onboard Diagnostic (MIL) on could cause damage to the vehicle control System called OBD II that monitors engine Each time the ignition is turned to ON/RUN...
  • Page 108: Service 4Wd Warning Light - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Service 4WD Warning Light — Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS mal- CAUTION! If Equipped function indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is Do not continue driving with one or more flat tires as This warning light will illuminate to signal a combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
  • Page 109: Yellow Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Air Suspension Payload Protection Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Off YELLOW INDICATOR LIGHTS Indicator Light — If Equipped Indicator Light — If Equipped Air Suspension Aerodynamic Height This indicator light will illuminate to indicate This indicator light illuminates to indicate Indicator Light —...
  • Page 110: Green Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL TOW/HAUL Indicator Light LaneSense Indicator Light — If Equipped GREEN INDICATOR LIGHTS This indicator light will illuminate when TOW/ The LaneSense indicator light illuminates Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With HAUL mode is selected. solid green when both lane markings have Target Indicator Light —...
  • Page 111: Drive Mode Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Cruise Control SET Indicator Light — Custom Mode Indicator Light Valet Mode Indicator Light If Equipped With Premium Instrument This light will turn on when Custom mode is This light will turn on when Valet mode is Cluster Display active page 215.
  • Page 112: Blue Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL LaneSense Indicator Light — If Equipped ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM — OBD II ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (OBD II) CYBERSECURITY When the LaneSense system is ON, but not Your vehicle is equipped with a sophisticated Onboard armed, the LaneSense indicator light illumi- Your vehicle is required to have OBD II and a connection Diagnostic system called OBD II.
  • Page 113: Starting And Operating

    STARTING AND OPERATING STARTING THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING! Start the engine with the transmission in PARK position. indicator is blinking, your vehicle is not in PARK. As Before starting your vehicle, adjust your seat, adjust Apply the brake before shifting into any driving range. an added precaution, always apply the parking both inside and outside mirrors, and fasten your seat brake when exiting the vehicle.
  • Page 114: Tip Start Feature

    STARTING AND OPERATING If the vehicle is not in PARK and the driver exits the KEYLESS ENTER ‘N GO™ — WARNING! vehicle with the engine running, the vehicle may IGNITION AutoPark. If vehicle speed is above 1.2 mph (1.9 km/h), the AutoPark will engage when all of these conditions are This feature allows the driver to operate the ignition transmission will default to NEUTRAL until the vehicle...
  • Page 115: Extended Park Starting

    STARTING AND OPERATING 3. If the gear selector is not in PARK and the ENGINE EXTENDED PARK STARTING The starter motor will engage automatically, run for START/STOP button is pushed once with the vehicle 10 seconds, and then disengage. Once this occurs, speed above 5 mph (8 km/h), the instrument clus- NOTE: release the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal, wait...
  • Page 116: After Starting

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: If the engine shows no sign of starting after a 10 sec- WARNING! ond period of engine cranking with the accelerator A new engine may consume some oil during its first few pedal held to the floor, wait 10 to 15 seconds, then thousand miles (kilometers) of operation.
  • Page 117: Parking Brake

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • Drive with the engine speed below 5,000 RPM. You can engage the parking brake in two ways: • • The EPB Warning Light will illuminate if the EPB switch Maintain vehicle speed below 70 mph (112 km/h) Manually, by applying the parking brake switch.
  • Page 118: Auto Park Brake

    STARTING AND OPERATING Auto Park Brake WARNING! CAUTION! The Electric Park Brake (EPB) can be programmed to be • Never use the PARK position as a substitute for the If the Brake System Warning Light remains on with applied automatically whenever the vehicle is at a parking brake.
  • Page 119: Brake Service Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING Brake Service Mode WARNING! WARNING! We recommend having your brakes serviced by an • It is dangerous to shift out of PARK or NEUTRAL if You can be badly injured working on or around a authorized dealer. You should only make repairs for the engine speed is higher than idle speed.
  • Page 120: Ignition Park Interlock

    STARTING AND OPERATING The brake pedal must also be pressed to shift from Only shift from DRIVE to PARK or REVERSE when the CAUTION! NEUTRAL into DRIVE or REVERSE when the vehicle is accelerator pedal is released and the vehicle is stopped or moving at low speeds.
  • Page 121: Gear Ranges

    STARTING AND OPERATING PARK (P) must also press the brake pedal to shift from NEUTRAL (N) into DRIVE (D) or REVERSE (R) when the vehicle is This range supplements the parking brake by locking stopped or moving at low speeds. Select the DRIVE the transmission.
  • Page 122: Transmission Limp Home Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING The following indicators should be used to ensure that the gear selector forward (-) or rearward (+) while in the CAUTION! you have properly engaged the transmission into the SPORT (AutoStick) position will manually select the PARK position: transmission gear, and will display the current gear in Towing the vehicle, coasting, or driving for any other the instrument cluster.
  • Page 123: When To Use Tow/Haul Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING 5. Restart the engine. 6. Shift into the desired gear range. If the problem is no longer detected, the transmission will return to normal operation. NOTE: Even if the transmission can be reset, we recommend that you visit an authorized dealer at your earliest pos- sible convenience.
  • Page 124: Four-Wheel Drive Operation - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: and improve overall vehicle performance. This feature once again indicated in the instrument cluster. You can can also provide you with more control during passing, shift in or out of AutoStick at any time without taking On TRX versions the paddle shifters may be disabled (or city driving, cold slippery conditions, mountain driving, your foot off the accelerator pedal.
  • Page 125 STARTING AND OPERATING This electronically shifted transfer case provides four 3. When the shift is complete, the indicator light for the WARNING! positions: selected position will stop flashing and remain on. If the transfer case does not shift into the desired posi- •...
  • Page 126: Shifting Procedure

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: 2WD TO 4WD HIGH 2. Shift the transmission into NEUTRAL. Do not attempt to make a shift while only the front or 3. While still rolling, push the desired position on the Push the desired position on the four-wheel drive con- rear wheels are spinning.
  • Page 127: Five-Position Electronically Shifted Transfer Case - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING FIVE-POSITION ELECTRONICALLY This electronically shifted transfer case provides five WARNING! positions: SHIFTED TRANSFER CASE — • Two-Wheel Drive High Range (2WD) — This range is • You or others could be injured or killed if you leave IF EQUIPPED for normal street and highway driving on dry hard the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in...
  • Page 128 STARTING AND OPERATING Transfer Case Position Indicator Lights • If all the requirements to select a new transfer case WARNING! position have been met, then the current position The Transfer Case Position Indicator Lights (4WD HIGH, indicator light will turn off and the selected position 4WD LOW, and 4WD AUTO) are located in the instru- Always engage the parking brake when powering indicator light will flash until the transfer case com-...
  • Page 129: Four-Wheel Drive Operation-Trx

    STARTING AND OPERATING • Shifting can be performed with the vehicle rolling 2 to The ignition switch must be in the ON/RUN position For additional information on the appropriate use of 3 mph (3 to 5 km/h) or completely stopped. You can for a shift to take place and for the position indica- each transfer case position, see the following: use either of the following procedures:...
  • Page 130 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: The SERV 4WD Warning Light monitors the electronic WARNING! shift four-wheel drive system. If this light remains on The transfer case N (Neutral) button is located in the after engine start-up or illuminates during driving, it center of the 4WD Control Switch and is pushed by •...
  • Page 131: Selec-Speed Control (Ssc)

    STARTING AND OPERATING Shifting Procedure 2WD OR 4WD HIGH TO 4WD LOW NOTE: • If any of the requirements to select a new transfer • If Steps 1 or 2 of either the Preferred or Alternate NOTE: case position have not been met, then the transfer Procedure are not satisfied prior to attempting the When shifting into or out of 4WD LOW some gear noise case will not shift.
  • Page 132 STARTING AND OPERATING • • The driver releases the brake. SSC operation is influenced if one of the drive modes are active. The differences may be notable to • The transmission is in any selection other than the driver as a varying level of aggressiveness. PARK.
  • Page 133: Trx Modes

    STARTING AND OPERATING SPORT – This mode improves handling capability • • The cluster icon and switch lamp will flash for sev- eral seconds then extinguish when the driver through front and rear torque split and increased pushes the SSC switch but enabled conditions are suspension control.
  • Page 134: Adaptive Damping System

    STARTING AND OPERATING Adaptive Damping System ○ Preconditions: Make sure the vehicle is not moving ○ • Launch Control should not be used on public roads. Put vehicle in FIRST gear or DRIVE This vehicle is equipped with an electronically con- Always check surface conditions and the surround- ○...
  • Page 135: Active-Level Four Corner Air Suspension System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING Off-Road 2 (OR2) (Raises the vehicle approximately Normal Ride Height (NRH) – This is the standard • • CAUTION! 2 inches [51 mm]) – This position is intended for position of the suspension and is meant for normal off-road use only where maximum ground clearance driving.
  • Page 136: Air Suspension Modes

    STARTING AND OPERATING ing the vehicle for easier loading and unloading of After the engine is turned off, it may be noticed that the AIR SUSPENSION MODES cargo. To enter Entry/Exit Mode, push the height air suspension system operates briefly; this is normal. The air suspension system has multiple modes to pro- selector switch down once from the NRH while the The system is correcting the position of the vehicle to...
  • Page 137: Instrument Cluster Display Messages

    STARTING AND OPERATING • INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY Pushing the height selector up once will move the sus- Entry/Exit – Indicator lamp 5 will be illuminated. pension one position higher from the current position, Entry/Exit can be requested up to 33 mph MESSAGES assuming all conditions are met (i.e., ignition in (53 km/h).
  • Page 138: Active-Level Four Corner Air Suspension

    STARTING AND OPERATING • ACTIVE-LEVEL FOUR CORNER AIR the vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph (40 km/h) the To enter Aero Height manually push the height vehicle height will be automatically lowered to NRH. selector switch down once from NRH at any vehicle Off-Road may not be available due to vehicle pay- speed.
  • Page 139: Air Suspension Modes

    STARTING AND OPERATING Protection Strategy must be closed. If a door is opened at any time while WARNING! the vehicle is lowering, the change will not be com- In order to protect the air suspension system, the pleted until the open door(s) is closed. vehicle will disable load leveling as required (suspen- The air suspension system uses a high pressure vol- This system uses a lifting and lowering pattern which...
  • Page 140: Axle Lock System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING • Off-Road 1 (OR1) – Indicator lamps 4, 3, 2, and ground. It is not recommended to drive the vehicle with 1 will be illuminated. the differentials locked on pavement due to the reduced ability to turn and speed limitations. •...
  • Page 141: Limited-Slip Differential - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: CAUTION! WARNING! Left to right wheel speed difference may be necessary to allow the rear axle to fully lock. If the indicator light is • Do not lock the rear axle on hard surfaced roads. When servicing vehicles equipped with a limited-slip flashing after selecting the rear axle lock mode, drive The ability to steer the vehicle is reduced and dam- or locking differential, never run the engine with one...
  • Page 142: Stop/Start System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING STOP/START SYSTEM — IF EQUIPPED The engine will shut down, the tachometer will move to WARNING! the zero position and the Stop/Start telltale will illumi- nate indicating you are in an Autostop. While in an Continued operation with reduced assist could pose a The Stop/Start function, included with eTorque Autostop, the Climate Controls system may automati- equipped vehicles, is developed to save fuel and reduce...
  • Page 143: To Start The Engine While In Autostop Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING It may be possible to operate the vehicle several con- The engine may then be restarted by moving the trans- TO MANUALLY TURN ON THE secutive times in extreme conditions and not meet all mission shift selector out of PARK (e.g., to DRIVE) or, in STOP/START SYSTEM criteria to enable an Autostop state.
  • Page 144: Cruise Control

    STARTING AND OPERATING To Activate To Vary The Speed Setting CRUISE CONTROL To Increase Or Decrease The Set Speed Push the on/off button to activate the Cruise Control. When engaged, the Cruise Control takes over accelera- The Cruise Control Indicator Light in the instrument tor operations at speeds greater than 20 mph After setting a speed, you can increase the set speed by cluster display will illuminate.
  • Page 145: To Resume Speed

    STARTING AND OPERATING USING CRUISE CONTROL ON HILLS • Gear selector is moved out of DRIVE WARNING! • Engine overspeed occurs The transmission may downshift on hills to maintain the • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is a convenience Pushing the on/off button or placing the ignition in the vehicle set speed.
  • Page 146 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: Push the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) on/off button WARNING! until one of the following appears in the instrument You cannot engage ACC under the following conditions: • cluster display: When towing a trailer up or down steep slopes. •...
  • Page 147: To Set A Desired Acc Speed

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • The braking temperature exceeds normal range WARNING! (overheated) Fixed Speed Cruise Control cannot be set below 19 mph (30 km/h). The following conditions will only cancel the ACC Leaving the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) system on If either system is set when the vehicle speed is above system: when not in use is dangerous.
  • Page 148: To Vary The Speed Setting

    STARTING AND OPERATING Setting The Following Distance In ACC • • ACC cannot be resumed if there is a stationary If the button is held down, the set speed will con- vehicle in front of your vehicle in close proximity. tinue to adjust in 10 km/h increments until the but- The specified following distance for Adaptive Cruise ton is released.
  • Page 149: Overtake Aid

    STARTING AND OPERATING Overtake Aid If there is no vehicle ahead, the vehicle will maintain While ACC is holding your vehicle at a standstill, if the the set speed. If a slower moving vehicle is detected in driver seat belt is unbuckled or the driver door is When driving with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) the same lane, the instrument cluster displays the ACC opened, the parking brake will be activated, and the...
  • Page 150: Precautions While Driving With Acc

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: “CLEAN FRONT WINDSHIELD” WARNING SERVICE ACC/FCW WARNING If the “ACC/FCW Unavailable Wipe Front Radar Sensor” The “ACC/FCW Limited Functionality Clean Front Wind- If the system turns off, and the instrument cluster dis- warning is active, Fixed Speed Cruise Control is still shield”...
  • Page 151 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: The following are examples of these types of situations: On tight turns ACC performance may be limited. TOWING A TRAILER USING ACC ON HILLS ACC while towing a trailer is recommended only with an Integrated Trailer Brake Controller. Aftermarket trailer ACC performance may be limited when driving on hills.
  • Page 152: Parksense Front/Rear Park Assist System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING STATIONARY OBJECTS AND VEHICLES NOTE: NOTE: ACC does not react to stationary objects or vehicles. For • • The driver can disable the automatic braking func- The system is designed to assist the driver and not example, ACC will not react in situations where the tion by turning ParkSense off via the ParkSense to substitute the driver.
  • Page 153: Parksense Warning Display

    STARTING AND OPERATING (30 cm) up to 79 inches (200 cm). These distances depend on the location, type and orientation of the obstacle in the horizontal direction. PARKSENSE WARNING DISPLAY The ParkSense Warning screen is located within the instrument cluster display page 91.
  • Page 154 STARTING AND OPERATING Front/Rear ParkSense Arcs 1 — No Tone/Solid Arc 6 — Fast Tone/Flashing Arc 2 — No Tone/Flashing Arc 7 — Fast Tone/Flashing Arc 3 — Fast Tone/Flashing Arc 8 — Slow Tone/Solid Arc 4 — Continuous Tone/Solid Arc 9 —...
  • Page 155 STARTING AND OPERATING The vehicle is close to the obstacle when the display shows one flashing arc and sounds a continuous tone. The following chart shows the warning alert operation when the sys- tem is detecting an obstacle: WARNING ALERTS FOR REAR Less than Rear Distance Greater than...
  • Page 156: Enabling And Disabling Front And/Or Rear Parksense

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: ParkSense Camera Activation — If Equipped and/or front fascia/bumper is clean and clear of snow, ice, mud, dirt or other obstructions and then cycle the Arc alerts from the enabled ParkSense system, will If the ParkSense system detects an obstacle, a camera ignition.
  • Page 157: Parksense Active Park Assist System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING • • When you move the gear selector to the REVERSE The Front ParkSense system will automatically dis- CAUTION! position and Front or Rear ParkSense is turned off, able if a snowplow has been connected to the the instrument cluster display will show a vehicle vehicle.
  • Page 158: Enabling And Disabling The Parksense Active Park Assist System

    STARTING AND OPERATING • During a semi-automatic maneuver, if the driver To enable or disable the ParkSense Active Park Assist The ParkSense Active Park Assist system will only oper- touches the steering wheel after being instructed to system, push the ParkSense Active Park Assist switch ate and search for a parking space when the following remove their hands from the steering wheel, the once (LED turns on).
  • Page 159 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: the OK button on the left side of the steering wheel to change your parking space setting. You can switch • When searching for a parking space, use the turn between perpendicular and parallel parking signal indicator to select which side of the vehicle maneuvers.
  • Page 160: Lanesense - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING • When the system instructs the driver to remove their CAUTION! hands from the steering wheel, the driver should check their surroundings and begin to back up • The ParkSense Active Park Assist system is only a slowly.
  • Page 161: Turning Lanesense On Or Off

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • When only a single lane marking is detected and the When the LaneSense system senses the lane has driver drifts across the lane marking (no turn signal been approached and is in a lane departure situa- The LaneSense system will retain the last system state applied), the LaneSense system provides a visual tion, the visual warning in the instrument cluster...
  • Page 162: Changing Lanesense Status

    STARTING AND OPERATING • When the LaneSense system senses the lane has CHANGING LANESENSE STATUS been approached and is in a lane departure situa- The LaneSense system has settings to adjust the inten- tion, the left lane line flashes yellow (on/off). The sity of the torque warning and the warning zone sensi- LaneSense telltale changes from solid yellow to...
  • Page 163: Parkview Rear Back Up Camera

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: When enabled, active guidelines are overlaid on the WARNING! image to illustrate the width of the vehicle and its pro- • The Rear View camera can also be turned on manu- jected back up path based on the steering wheel posi- Blind Spot Assist is only an aid to help detect objects ally through the Apps menu within the Uconnect tion.
  • Page 164: Surround View Camera System

    STARTING AND OPERATING • If the vehicle is in PARK, Zoom View is available until The Surround View Camera system has program- CAUTION! the gear selector is placed in DRIVE or REVERSE and mable settings that may be selected through the •...
  • Page 165 STARTING AND OPERATING Modes Of Operation Top View Plus Rear View • When the Trailer Reverse Steering Control (TRSC) feature (if equipped) is activated, the following but- Standard Rear View can be manually activated by This is the default view of the system in tons on the touchscreen will be unavailable: selecting “Back Up Camera”...
  • Page 166: Forward Facing Camera With Tire Lines - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: Deactivation FORWARD FACING CAMERA WITH The system is deactivated in the following conditions if TIRE LINES — IF EQUIPPED • If snow, ice, mud, or any foreign substance builds up it was activated automatically: on the camera lenses, clean the lenses, rinse with The Forward Facing Camera displays a front view image •...
  • Page 167: Trailer Cameras - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING TRAILER CAMERAS — IF EQUIPPED through Uconnect Settings by pressing the Trailer but- Cams button and press the Trailer tab to access the ton in the Trailer Settings or the Camera Settings. The Trailer Cameras. Press Trailer Surround Camera button system requires input of the trailer dimensions prior to to access Top View and Rear View of the trailer.
  • Page 168 STARTING AND OPERATING Right View The system is deactivated in the following conditions if it was activated manually from the Uconnect controls Pressing the Right View button will give the menu via the Trailer Surround Camera button: driver a wider angle view of the right side •...
  • Page 169: Aux Camera - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING If equipped with two AUX Cameras, you can switch REFUELING THE VEHICLE CAUTION! between each camera by pressing the AUX 1 or AUX 2 buttons on the Trailer Camera display. • The capless fuel filler is located on the left side of the To avoid vehicle damage, Trailer Surround View should only be used as a parking aid.
  • Page 170: Vehicle Loading

    STARTING AND OPERATING 7. To close the fuel filler door, push the center-rear is included on this label and indicates the Month, Day edge (3 o’clock position) of the fuel filler door and and Hour of manufacture. The bar code that appears then release.
  • Page 171: Inflation Pressure

    STARTING AND OPERATING Inflation Pressure Gross Trailer Weight (GTW) WARNING! This is the cold tire inflation pressure for your vehicle The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR for all loading conditions up to full Gross Axle Weight all cargo, consumables and equipment (permanent or or the maximum front and rear GAWR.
  • Page 172: Trailer Frontal Area

    STARTING AND OPERATING Trailer Frontal Area The trailer frontal area is the maximum height multi- plied by the maximum width of the front of a trailer. Weight-Distributing Hitch A Weight-Distributing system works by applying leverage through spring (load) bars. They are typically used for heavier loads to distribute trailer tongue weight to the tow vehicle's front axle and the trailer axle(s).
  • Page 173: Trailer Towing Weights (Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings)

    STARTING AND OPERATING Measurement Example Example Height (mm) CAUTION! sway severely side to side which will cause loss of control of the vehicle and trailer. Failure to load trail- ers heavier in front is the cause of many trailer H2-H1 collisions.
  • Page 174 STARTING AND OPERATING Using TRSC This feature will also allow the driver to back up a vehicle and trailer in a straight line when the knob is rested in its center position. CAUTION! Minimal setup is required to use this feature. Always observe the position of the trailer and sur- Set Up: roundings using the camera and mirrors to avoid...
  • Page 175: Towing Requirements

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • Other reasons the feature may cancel: The system may not function when the camera lens is blocked, blurred (covered with water, snow, ice, • While active, TRSC will automatically disable the Rear The driver overrides steering by placing hands on dirt, etc) and will not work unless the tailgate is Park Assist system if it was previously enabled.
  • Page 176: Towing Requirements - Tires

    STARTING AND OPERATING Towing Requirements — Tires WARNING! WARNING! • Do not attempt to tow a trailer while using a com- can occur that may be difficult for the driver to con- • Do not connect trailer brakes to your vehicle's pact spare tire.
  • Page 177 STARTING AND OPERATING Manual Brake Control Lever 3. When a trailer is plugged in with electric or EOH brakes, the trailer connected message should Slide the manual brake control lever to the left to acti- appear in the instrument cluster display (if the con- vate power to the trailer's electric brakes independent nection is not recognized by the ITBM, braking func- of the tow vehicle's brakes.
  • Page 178: Towing Requirements - Trailer Lights And Wiring

    STARTING AND OPERATING Light Electric Heavy Electric Light EOH Heavy EOH Electric Over Hydraulic Trailer Electric Over Hydraulic Trailer Type of Trailer Brakes Electric Trailer Brakes Electric Trailer Brakes Brakes Brakes Load *Under 10,000 lb *Above 10,000 lb *Under 10,000 lb *Above 10,000 lb NOTE: NOTE:...
  • Page 179 STARTING AND OPERATING 13–Pin Connector — If Equipped Pin Number Function Wire Color Left Turn Signal Black/White Rear Fog Light White Ground/Common Return for Contacts (Pins) 1 and 2 and 4 to 8 Brown Right Turn Signal Black/Green Right Rear Position, Side Marker Lights, and Rear Registration Plate Illumination Device. Green/Red Stop Lights Black/Red...
  • Page 180: Towing Tips

    STARTING AND OPERATING Trailer Light Check The sequence will only activate if the following condi- TOWING TIPS tions are met: This feature will run the trailer lights through a Before towing, practice turning, stopping, and backing • sequence to check the trailer light function. It is avail- Vehicle is equipped with the Trailer Tow Package up the trailer in an area located away from heavy traffic.
  • Page 181: Snowplow

    STARTING AND OPERATING Cruise Control — If Equipped NOTE: SNOWPLOW PREP PACKAGE Before installation of a snowplow it is highly recom- • MODEL AVAILABILITY Do not use on hilly terrain or with heavy loads. mended that the owner/installer obtain and follow the •...
  • Page 182: Over The Road Operation With Snowplow Attached

    STARTING AND OPERATING OVER THE ROAD OPERATION WITH OPERATING TIPS When plowing snow, to avoid transmission and drive- train damage, the following precautions should be SNOWPLOW ATTACHED Under ideal snow plowing conditions, 20 mph observed: (32 km/h) should be maximum operating speed. The •...
  • Page 183: Recreational Towing - Four-Wheel Drive Models

    STARTING AND OPERATING RECREATIONAL TOWING — CAUTION! CAUTION! FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE MODELS • Towing this vehicle in violation of these listed It is necessary to follow these steps to be certain that requirements can cause severe transmission the transfer case is fully in N (Neutral) before recre- NOTE: and/or transfer case damage.
  • Page 184: Driving Tips

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • 9. Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL. Apply the park- If the vehicle is equipped with air suspension, the ing brake. Turn off the engine. For vehicles with Key- engine should be started and left running for a mini- •...
  • Page 185: Driving Through Water

    STARTING AND OPERATING CAUTION! WARNING! WARNING! operate the vehicle if any fluid appears contami- • Rapid acceleration on slippery surfaces is dangerous. Driving through standing water limits your vehicle’s nated, as this may result in further damage. Such Unequal traction can cause sudden pulling of the rear traction capabilities.
  • Page 186: Driving Tips - Trx

    STARTING AND OPERATING After Driving Off-Road • If you experience unusual vibration after driving in wheel and maintain a good driving posture. Avoid sud- mud, slush or similar conditions, check the wheels den accelerations, turns or braking. In most cases, Off-road operation puts more stress on your vehicle for impacted material.
  • Page 187: Simultaneous Brake And Throttle Operation

    STARTING AND OPERATING CAUTION! CAUTION! Deep mud creates a great deal of suction around the Do not use 4WD LOW when operating the vehicle on Reduced tire pressures may cause tire unseating and tires and is very difficult to get through. Select SAND/ dry pavement.
  • Page 188 STARTING AND OPERATING Hill Climbing Have the person stand a safe distance in front of you WARNING! where they can see the obstacle, watch your tires and Hill climbing requires good judgment and a good under- undercarriage, and guide you through. There is an increased risk of rollover when crossing standing of your abilities and your vehicle's limitations.
  • Page 189 STARTING AND OPERATING tion to complete the climb. If you do not make it to the which increases the possibility of a downhill slide or designated and approved. Tread lightly and avoid dam- top, place the vehicle in REVERSE and back straight rollover.
  • Page 190 STARTING AND OPERATING • angle, current and bottom condition. Be careful of in jeopardy. There is still a high risk of personal injury Check threaded fasteners for looseness, particularly murky or muddy waters; check for hidden obstacles. and vehicle damage with slower water currents in on the chassis, drivetrain components, steering, and Make sure you will not be intruding on any wildlife, and depths greater than the vehicle's running ground clear-...
  • Page 191: Multimedia

    MULTIMEDIA UCONNECT SYSTEMS Push the SCREEN OFF button on the faceplate to turn WARNING! off the Uconnect screen. Push the button again or tap the screen to turn the screen on. • For detailed information about your Uconnect 5/5 NAV ONLY insert trusted devices/components into your Press the Back Arrow button to exit out of a Menu or With 8.4-inch Display system or your Uconnect 5 NAV...
  • Page 192: Customer Programmable Features

    MULTIMEDIA CUSTOMER PROGRAMMABLE For the Uconnect 5 systems, press the Vehicle button, then press the Settings tab at the top of the touch- FEATURES screen. In this menu, the Uconnect system allows you to access all of the available programmable features. NOTE: •...
  • Page 193 This setting will allow you to change the voice options for the radio to “Male” or “Female”. Wake Up Word This setting will allow you to set the system “Wake Up” word. The available options are “Off”, “Hey, Uconnect”, and “Hey, Ram”.
  • Page 194 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Voice Barge-in This setting will allow Voice Barge-in to be turned on or off. Show Command List This setting will allow the Command List to be shown. The options are “On” and “Off”. Navigation Settings This setting will redirect to the list of Navigation settings. Refer to your Uconnect Radio Instruction Manual for further information. This setting will activate the vehicle’s comfort system and heated seats or heated steering wheel when the vehicle is remote Auto-On Driver Heated/Ventilated Seat &...
  • Page 195 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Audio Repetition This setting will turn the system audio repetition on or off. More Profile Options This setting will give access to more profile options. Display When the Display button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display the options related to the theme (if equipped), brightness, and color of the touchscreen. The available settings are: NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.
  • Page 196: Safety/Driving Assistance

    MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Navigation Next Turn Pop-ups Displayed This setting will display navigation prompts in the Instrument Cluster Display. in Cluster Phone Pop-ups Displayed In Cluster This setting will display smartphone notifications and messages in the Instrument Cluster Display. Fuel Saver Display This setting will enable fuel saver mode in the Instrument Cluster Display.
  • Page 197 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description ParkSense This setting will change the type of ParkSense alert when a close object is detected and can provide both an audible chime and a visual display. Front ParkSense Volume This setting adjusts the volume of the Front ParkSense system. The available settings are “Low”, “Medium”, and “High”. Rear ParkSense Volume This setting adjusts the volume of the Rear ParkSense system.
  • Page 198 MULTIMEDIA Clock When the Clock button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the different options related to the vehicle’s internal clock. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Sync Time With GPS This setting will sync the time to the GPS receiver in the system.
  • Page 199 This setting will allow you to change the system’s voice to either “Male” or “Female”. Wake Up Word This setting will allow you to set the system’s “Wake Up” word. The available options are “Off”, “Hey, Uconnect”, and “Hey, Ram”. Voice Barge-In This setting allows you to respond to a Voice Response before the statement is completed by the system.
  • Page 200 MULTIMEDIA Trailer Brake/Trailer — If Equipped When the Trailer Brake/Trailer button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display settings related to trailer towing. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Auto Trailer Light Check This setting can be used to check the trailer lights when the trailer is electrically connected to the vehicle.
  • Page 201 MULTIMEDIA Camera When the Camera button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s camera features. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Surround View Camera Delay This setting will add a timed delay to the Surround View Camera when shifting out of REVERSE. Surround View Camera Guidelines This setting will turn the Surround View Camera Guidelines on or off.
  • Page 202 MULTIMEDIA Lights When the Lights button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s exterior and interior lights. NOTE: • When the “Daytime Running Lights” feature is selected, the daytime running lights can be turned on or off. This feature is only allowed by law in the country of the vehicle purchase.
  • Page 203: Doors And Locks

    MULTIMEDIA Doors & Locks When the Doors & Locks button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to locking and unlocking the vehicle’s doors. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Auto Door Locks This setting will allow you to change if the doors lock automatically when the vehicle reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).
  • Page 204 MULTIMEDIA Key Off Options/Engine Off Options When the Key Off Options/Engine Off Options button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to vehicle shutoff. These settings will only activate when the ignition is set to OFF. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.
  • Page 205 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Four Corner Air Suspension Modes There are three air suspension modes designed to protect the system in unique situations. Tire Jack Mode is selected to assist in changing a spare tire. Transport Mode is selected to assist when the vehicle is being flat bed towed. Wheel Alignment Mode is selected before performing a wheel alignment.
  • Page 206: Software Updates

    MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Surround Sound This setting will turn the Surround Sound system on or off. AUX Volume Offset This setting will tune the audio levels from a device connected through the AUX port. The available settings are “+” and “-”. Auto Play This setting will automatically begin playing audio from a connected device.
  • Page 207: Performance Pages - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA Reset/Restore Settings To Default When the Reset/Restore Settings To Default button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to resetting the Uconnect system back to its default settings. These settings can clear personal data and reset selected settings from other menus. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.
  • Page 208: Timers

    MULTIMEDIA NOTE: To take a snapshot, make sure a USB device is plugged The Timers pages contain: into the vehicle. Next, press the Snapshot icon located Reaction Time: Measures the driver's reaction time • Brake Distance and Speed timers only display in the lower left corner of the touchscreen.
  • Page 209: Dynamometer (Dyno)/Engine

    MULTIMEDIA Boost Pressure: Shows the actual engine boost • • Front G-Force DYNAMOMETER (DYNO)/ENGINE pressure. Measures the peak braking force on the front of the Dynamometer (Dyno) Gear: Shows the current (or pending) operating gear • vehicle. of the vehicle. •...
  • Page 210 MULTIMEDIA NOTE: The Drive Modes feature is controlled through the touchscreen and may be accessed by performing any of • Sport and Tow Modes Set-Up menus cannot be the following: changed. • Pressing the Drive Modes button within the Dash- •...
  • Page 211: On-Road

    MULTIMEDIA Sport Mode ON-ROAD Selecting “Sport” on the touchscreen will activate the configuration for typical enthusiast driving. The Trans- mission, Stability Control, Steering, and Suspension systems are all set to their Sport settings highlighted in red. The paddle shifters are enabled. NOTE: Sport Mode is not available if the transfer case is in 4WD LOW.
  • Page 212 MULTIMEDIA Tow Mode Selecting “Tow” on the touchscreen will activate the configuration for towing a trailer or hauling heavy loads in the cargo area. Once in this mode, trailer sway con- trol is enabled in the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
  • Page 213: Snow Mode

    MULTIMEDIA Snow Mode Selecting “Snow” on the touchscreen will activate Snow Mode for use on loose traction surfaces. When in Snow Mode (depending on certain operating conditions), the transmission will shift earlier than in other modes, which will keep wheel torque low to minimize wheel slippage.
  • Page 214: Auto Mode

    MULTIMEDIA Auto Mode Auto Mode is enabled upon ignition ON while in 4WD AUTO or 4WD HIGH or by selecting “Auto” on the touch- screen. The Transmission, Stability Control, Suspension, and Steering are all set to Street. Paddle shifters are enabled.
  • Page 215: Off-Road

    MULTIMEDIA Mud/Sand OFF-ROAD Selecting “Mud/Sand” on the touchscreen will activate Mud/Sand Mode for use on mud and sand-like condi- tions. Transmission is set to Sport, Stability is set to Sport, Suspension is set to Baja, and Steering is set to Rock.
  • Page 216 MULTIMEDIA Rock Baja Selecting “Rock” on the touchscreen will activate Rock Mode for use on rocky surfaces. Transmission and Sta- bility are set to Sport. Steering it set to Rock. Suspen- sion is set to Baja. Paddle shifters are enabled. NOTE: The vehicle must be in 4WD LOW to access Rock Mode.
  • Page 217: Custom Mode

    MULTIMEDIA Selecting “Baja” on the touchscreen will activate Baja CUSTOM MODE Custom Mode may be selected by pressing the Custom Mode for high-speed off-road driving. Transmission, button on the touchscreen or by pushing the TRX button Suspension, and Stability are set to Baja. Steering is set twice within two seconds.
  • Page 218 MULTIMEDIA Transmission Paddle Shifters • Sport: Faster shift speeds with some comfort trade-off. • Tow: Optimizes shifting for towing and hauling. Snow: Optimizes shifting for low-traction conditions. • • Street: A balance of shift speed and comfort for typi- cal daily driving. •...
  • Page 219: Stability Control

    MULTIMEDIA Stability Control Suspension Sport: Provides reduced stability control. • Street: Provides full (default) stability control. • Full: Provides traction control and stability control • optimized for slippery conditions. Baja: Optimizes the Anti-Brake System (ABS), trac- • tion control, and stability control for high-speed off- road driving.
  • Page 220 MULTIMEDIA Steering • Sport: Provides a firmer suspension stiffness with • Sport: Adjusts the steering effort and feel to a moderate comfort trade-off. greater level. • Street: Provides a balance of suspension stiffness • Street: Balances the steering feel and comfort. and ride comfort for typical daily driving.
  • Page 221: Race Options

    MULTIMEDIA RACE OPTIONS Press the Race Options tab on the touchscreen to dis- Preconditions: play the vehicle’s Launch Control screen. Within Race • Launch Control should not be used on public roads. Options, you can activate, deactivate, and adjust the Always check track conditions and the surrounding RPM values for the Launch Control, Race Cooldown, area.
  • Page 222 MULTIMEDIA Launch Control is only available when the following pro- 1. Adjust your launch RPMs for optimum launch/ Launch Control will abort before launch completion and cedure is followed: traction, if required. will display “Launch Aborted” in the cluster under any the following conditions: 2.
  • Page 223: Shift Light

    MULTIMEDIA To actuate the Shift Light feature, press the Race Options tab, then press the Deactivate Shift Light but- ton on the touchscreen. Activation is shown on the instrument cluster display. Shift Light is only active when the gear selector is in Autostick or Sport position.
  • Page 224 MULTIMEDIA The Shift Light RPM Set-Up allows you to set the Shift Light to illuminate for gears 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5-8. Pressing and releasing the Up/Down Arrow buttons above and below each listed gear, the RPM values will change in increments of 250 RPM.
  • Page 225: Guidelines For Track Or Extreme Off-Road Use

    MULTIMEDIA • After completing an event that has generated a lot of Prior to each event, verify the front and rear brake heat in the powertrain, this feature helps cool the pads have more than half pad thickness remaining. vehicle after the engine has been shut down. The radia- If the brake pads require changing, complete a tor fan and low temperature radiator coolant pump brake burnish procedure prior to an event at full...
  • Page 226: Valet Mode

    MULTIMEDIA VALET MODE RADIO OPERATION AND MOBILE PHONES To enter Valet Mode, press the Valet Mode button from Under certain conditions, the mobile phone being on in the All Profiles menu on the touchscreen. For more your vehicle can cause erratic or noisy performance information on Profiles, please refer to your Uconnect from your radio.
  • Page 227: Off-Road Pages Status Bar

    MULTIMEDIA OFF-ROAD PAGES STATUS BAR VEHICLE DYNAMICS The Off-Road Pages Status Bar is located along the bot- The Vehicle Dynamics page displays information con- tom of Off-Road Pages and is present in each of the cerning the vehicle’s transfer case and steering angle. selectable page options.
  • Page 228: Accessory Gauge

    MULTIMEDIA ACCESSORY GAUGE The Accessory Gauge page displays the current status of the vehicle’s Coolant Temperature, Oil Temperature, Oil Pressure, Transmission Temperature, and Battery Voltage. Drivetrain Menu 2WD/4WD Accessory Gauge Menu 2WD/4WD 1 — Steering Angle 1 — Oil Temperature 2 —...
  • Page 229: Pitch & Roll

    MULTIMEDIA PITCH & ROLL SUSPENSION — IF EQUIPPED The Pitch & Roll page displays the vehicle’s current The Suspension page displays the current status of the pitch (angle up and down) and roll (angle side to side) vehicle’s suspension system and the current ride height in degrees.
  • Page 230: Forward Facing Camera- If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA FORWARD FACING CAMERA— IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a Forward Facing Camera that allows you to see an on-screen image of the front view of your vehicle. The image will be dis- played on the touchscreen along with a caution note “Check Entire Surroundings”...
  • Page 231: Safety Features

    SAFETY Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Warning SAFETY FEATURES WARNING! Light • The ABS contains sophisticated electronic equip- ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) The yellow ABS Warning Light will turn on when the igni- ment that may be susceptible to interference tion is placed in the ON/RUN mode and may stay on for caused by improperly installed or high output radio The ABS provides increased vehicle stability and brake as long as four seconds.
  • Page 232: Electronic Brake Control (Ebc) System

    SAFETY Brake Assist System (BAS) required. If the Brake System Warning Light does not WARNING! come on when the ignition is placed in the ON/RUN The BAS is designed to optimize the vehicle’s braking mode, have the light repaired as soon as possible. •...
  • Page 233: Electronic Stability Control (Esc)

    SAFETY this mode. This mode should be used for most driving WARNING! WARNING! conditions. Alternate ESC modes should only be used for specific reasons as noted in the following vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dan- • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) cannot prevent paragraphs.
  • Page 234: Esc Activation/Malfunction Indicator Light And Esc Off Indicator Light

    SAFETY Full Off — If Equipped WARNING! WARNING! This mode is intended for off-highway or off-road use • prevailing road conditions. ESC cannot prevent all Trailer Sway Control (TSC) is disabled when the only and should not be used on any public roadways. In accidents, including those resulting from excessive ESC system is in the “Partial Off”...
  • Page 235: Hill Start Assist (Hsa)

    SAFETY Disabling And Enabling HSA vehicle has been driven several miles (kilometers) at the brake pressure for a short period. If the driver does speeds greater than 30 mph (48 km/h), see an autho- not apply the throttle before this time expires, the sys- This feature can be turned on or turned off.
  • Page 236 SAFETY Ready Alert Braking (RAB) • Driver Override The transmission is in any selection other than PARK. The driver may override SSC activation with throttle or RAB may reduce the time required to reach full braking • Your vehicle speed is below 20 mph (32 km/h). brake application at any time.
  • Page 237: Traction Control System (Tcs)

    SAFETY Trailer Sway Control (TSC) • The cluster icon and switch lamp will flash for sev- eral seconds then extinguish when SSC disables TSC uses sensors in the vehicle to recognize an exces- due to excess speed. sively swaying trailer and will take the appropriate •...
  • Page 238 SAFETY • BSM may experience dropouts (blinking on and off) If the system detects degraded performance due to The BSM system monitors the detection zone from of the side mirror warning indicator lights when a contamination or foreign objects, a message will warn three different entry points (side, rear, front) while driv- motorcycle or any small object remains at the side you of a blocked sensor and the warning indicators in...
  • Page 239: Rear Cross Path (Rcp)

    SAFETY For information on how Blind Spot Monitoring functions when pulling a trailer page 238. WARNING! The Blind Spot Monitoring system is only an aid to help detect objects in the blind spot zones. The BSM system is not designed to detect pedestrians, bicy- clists, or animals.
  • Page 240 SAFETY Trailer Merge Assist — If Equipped RCP monitors the rear detection zones on both sides of the system is operating in Rear Cross Path (RCP) mode, the vehicle, for objects that are moving toward the side the system will respond with both visual and audible Trailer Merge Assist is a function of the Blind Spot Moni- of the vehicle with a minimum speed of approximately alerts when a detected object is present.
  • Page 241 SAFETY matically determine the presence and length of a The maximum width supported by the Trailer Merge Trailer length will be identified and placed into one of Assist feature is 8.5 ft (2.59 m). Trailer width is mea- the following categories: trailer.
  • Page 242: Forward Collision Warning (Fcw) With Mitigation - If Equipped

    SAFETY NOTE: FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW) WITH MITIGATION — • The Trailer Merge Alert system DOES NOT alert the driver about rapidly approaching vehicles that are IF EQUIPPED outside the detection zones. FCW with Mitigation provides the driver with audible •...
  • Page 243: Fcw Braking Status And Sensitivity

    SAFETY • • • FCW may not react to irrelevant objects such as When the FCW is “off”, this prevents the system Medium ○ overhead objects, ground reflections, objects not in from warning the driver of a possible collision with When the sensitivity of FCW is set to the the path of the vehicle, stationary objects that are the vehicle in front.
  • Page 244: Service Fcw Warning

    SAFETY Service FCW Warning TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING WARNING! SYSTEM (TPMS) If the system turns off, and the instrument cluster Pedestrian Emergency Braking (PEB) is not intended displays: TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure based to avoid a collision on its own, nor can PEB detect •...
  • Page 245 SAFETY • The TPMS will continue to warn the driver of low tire The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- CAUTION! pressure as long as the condition exists, and will not nance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to main- turn off until the tire pressure is at or above the recom- tain correct tire pressure using an accurate tire •...
  • Page 246: Service Tpms Warning

    SAFETY • • Various Tire Pressure Monitoring System messages, its original color, and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- Accumulation of snow or ice around the wheels or which display in the instrument cluster tem Warning Light will turn off. The vehicle may need to wheel housings be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph •...
  • Page 247: Tire Fill Alert

    SAFETY NOTE: • • After driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above The horn will also sound three times if the tire is 15 mph (24 km/h), the Tire Pressure Monitoring then underinflated and will continue to sound every •...
  • Page 248 With the sensors installed and the trailer near or con- chirping may be canceled by cycling the ignition button nected to your Ram truck, initiate the pairing process by OFF and then back to RUN position. entering the settings menu in the radio and selecting Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Pressure trailer.
  • Page 249: Occupant Restraint Systems

    SAFETY Once the system fault is corrected the "Trailer Tire Pres- Some of the safety features described in this section 3. If a child from 2 to 12 years old (not in a rear-facing sure System Service Required" message will no longer may be standard equipment on some models, or may child restraint) must ride in the front passenger be displayed.
  • Page 250: Seat Belt Systems

    SAFETY seat passenger (if equipped with outboard front pas- recommended that pets be restrained in the rear seat WARNING! senger seat BeltAlert) is unbuckled when the ignition (if equipped) in pet harnesses or pet carriers that are • switch is first in the START or ON/RUN position the Seat secured by seat belts, and cargo is properly stowed.
  • Page 251 SAFETY WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! • • In a collision, you and your passengers can suffer A frayed or torn seat belt could rip apart in a colli- • A lap belt worn too high can increase the risk of much greater injuries if you are not properly buck- sion and leave you with no protection.
  • Page 252: Lap/Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure

    SAFETY 3. Slide the latch plate upward over the folded web- bing. The folded webbing must enter the slot at the top of the latch plate. 4. Continue to slide the latch plate up until it clears the folded webbing and the seat belt is no longer twisted.
  • Page 253: Seat Belts And Pregnant Women

    SAFETY Seat Belts And Pregnant Women Seat Belt Pretensioner NOTE: The adjustable upper shoulder belt anchorage is The front outboard seat belt system is equipped with equipped with an Easy Up feature. This feature allows pretensioning devices that are designed to remove the shoulder belt anchorage to be adjusted in the slack from the seat belt in the event of a collision.
  • Page 254: Supplemental Restraint Systems (Srs)

    SAFETY WARNING! WARNING! • • NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a The seat belt assembly must be replaced if the seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, switchable Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) fea- DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. ture or any other seat belt function is not working properly when checked according to the proce- •...
  • Page 255: Redundant Air Bag Warning Light

    SAFETY • Instrument Panel maintenance free, if any of the following occurs, have will stay on until the fault is cleared. In addition, a an authorized dealer service the air bag system single chime will sound to alert you that the Redundant •...
  • Page 256: Driver And Passenger Front Air Bag Features

    SAFETY Front Air Bag Operation This vehicle may be equipped with a driver and/or front WARNING! passenger seat belt buckle switch that detects whether Front Air Bags are designed to provide additional pro- the driver or front passenger seat belt is buckled. The •...
  • Page 257: Occupant Classification System (Ocs) - Front Passenger Seat

    SAFETY Occupant Classification System (OCS) — Occupant Classification Module (OCM) And Sensor The OCS will NOT prevent deployment of the Passenger Front Passenger Seat Advanced Front Air Bag. The OCS may reduce the infla- The Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is located tion rate of the Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag if the underneath the front passenger seat.
  • Page 258 SAFETY Do not decrease OR increase the front passenger’s In order for the OCS to operate as designed, it is impor- The OCS determines the front passenger’s most prob- seated weight on the front passenger seat tant for the front passenger to be seated properly and able classification.
  • Page 259 SAFETY trim cover, or cushion needs service for any reason, WARNING! take the vehicle to an authorized dealer. Only FCA • approved seat accessories may be used. Always wear your seat belt and sit properly, with the seatback in an upright position, your back The following requirements must be strictly followed: against the seatback, sitting upright, facing for- •...
  • Page 260: Knee Impact Bolsters

    SAFETY Knee Impact Bolsters Supplemental Side Air Bag Inflatable Curtains (SABICs) The Knee Impact Bolsters help protect the knees of the This vehicle is equipped with Supplemental Side Air Bag driver and front passenger, and position the front occu- Inflatable Curtains (SABICs). pants for improved interaction with the front air bags.
  • Page 261 SAFETY The SABICs may help reduce the risk of partial or com- The Side Air Bags will not deploy in all side collisions, WARNING! plete ejection of vehicle occupants through side win- including some collisions at certain angles, or some dows in certain side impact events.
  • Page 262: If A Deployment Occurs

    SAFETY Air Bag System Components Enhanced Accident Response System caused by contact with chemicals. They are not per- manent and normally heal quickly. However, if you In the event of an impact, if the communication net- NOTE: haven’t healed significantly within a few days, or if work remains intact, and the power remains intact, you have any blistering, see your doctor The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the...
  • Page 263: Enhanced Accident Response System Reset Procedure

    SAFETY NOTE: • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety WARNING! belts were buckled/fastened; After an accident, remember to cycle the ignition to the • STOP (OFF/LOCK) position and remove the key from the including adding any kind of badges or stickers to How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the ignition switch to avoid draining the battery.
  • Page 264: Summary Of Recommendations For Restraining Children In Vehicles

    SAFETY There are different sizes and types of restraints for chil- WARNING! dren from newborn size to the child almost large • enough for an adult safety belt. Always check the child Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the seat Owner’s Manual to make sure you have the correct front seat of a vehicle.
  • Page 265: Infant And Child Restraints

    SAFETY Infant And Child Restraints their rear-facing convertible child seat. Children should WARNING! remain in a forward-facing child seat with a harness for Safety experts recommend that children ride rear-facing as long as possible, up to the highest weight or height Do not install a rear-facing car seat using a rear sup- in the vehicle until they are two years old or until they allowed by the child seat.
  • Page 266: Children Too Large For Booster Seats

    SAFETY Children Too Large For Booster Seats 3. Does the shoulder belt cross the child’s shoulder WARNING! between the neck and arm? Children who are large enough to wear the shoulder Never allow a child to put the shoulder belt under an belt comfortably, and whose legs are long enough to 4.
  • Page 267: Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children (Latch) Restraint System

    SAFETY Lower Anchors And Tethers For CHildren ages. In these seating positions, the seat belt must be (LATCH) Restraint System used with the top tether anchorage to install the child restraint. Please see the following table for more information. LATCH Positions For Installing Child Restraints In This Vehicle Crew Cab Full Bench, Quad Cab Full Bench And Quad Cab 60/40 Split Bench LATCH Positions...
  • Page 268: Locating The Latch Anchorages

    SAFETY Frequently Asked Questions About Installing Child Restraints With LATCH Do not use the seat belt when you use the LATCH anchorage system to attach a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint. Can the LATCH anchorages and the seat belt be used together to Booster seats may be attached to the LATCH anchorages if allowed attach a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint? by the booster seat manufacturer.
  • Page 269: Center Seat Latch

    SAFETY Always follow the directions of the child restraint equipped with a tether strap. The tether strap will have manufacturer when installing your child restraint. Not a hook at the end to attach to the top tether anchorage all child restraint systems will be installed as described and a way to tighten the strap after it is attached to the here.
  • Page 270: How To Stow An Unused Switchable-Alr (Alr) Seat Belt

    SAFETY 5. Tighten all of the straps as you push the child See the “Automatic Locking Mode” description WARNING! restraint rearward and downward into the seat. page 251 for additional information on ALR. Remove slack in the straps according to the child •...
  • Page 271 SAFETY Frequently Asked Questions About Installing Child Restraints With Seat Belts What is the weight limit (child’s weight + weight of the child Always use the tether anchor when using the seat belt to install restraint) for using the Tether Anchor with the seat belt to Weight limit of the Child Restraint a forward-facing child restraint, up to the recommended weight attach a forward-facing child restraint?
  • Page 272: Installing Child Restraints Using The Top Tether Anchorage

    SAFETY Installing Child Restraints Using The Top Right Or Left Outboard Seats: Tether Anchorage 1. Reach between the rear seat and rear glass to access the tether strap loop. WARNING! 2. Place a child restraint on the seat and adjust the tether strap so that it will reach over the seat back, Do not attach a tether strap for a rear-facing car seat through the space between the head restraint and...
  • Page 273 SAFETY 4. Attach the hook to the outboard tether strap loop (see diagram). Tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. Center Tether Strap Loop Location Outboard And Center Seating Positions Shown 2. Place a child restraint on the seat and adjust the 5.
  • Page 274: Safety Tips

    SAFETY Air Bag Warning Light SAFETY TIPS CONNECTED VEHICLES The Air Bag Warning Light will turn on for Privacy of any wireless and wired communications can- four to eight seconds as a bulb check when not be ensured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept TRANSPORTING PASSENGERS the ignition switch is first placed in the information and private communications without your...
  • Page 275: Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle

    SAFETY PERIODIC SAFETY CHECKS YOU WARNING! WARNING! SHOULD MAKE OUTSIDE THE • ONLY use the passenger’s side floor mat on the An improperly attached, damaged, folded, or stacked VEHICLE passenger’s side floor area. floor mat, or damaged floor mat fasteners may cause •...
  • Page 276: Exhaust Gas

    SAFETY EXHAUST GAS CARBON MONOXIDE WARNINGS WARNING! To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH when using WARNING! WARNING! “Track-Use” parts and equipment: • NEVER use any “Track-Use” equipment on public Exhaust gases can injure or kill. They contain carbon Carbon monoxide (CO) in exhaust gases is deadly. roads.
  • Page 277: In Case Of Emergency

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS SOS — EMERGENCY CALL (IF EQUIPPED) The Hazard Warning Flashers button is located on the Your vehicle has an on-board assistance feature that is upper switch bank just below the radio. designed to provide support in case of accident and/or emergency.
  • Page 278 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY • nection between the vehicle and a public safety opera- nected at the end of the SOS-Emergency Call. Voice The SOS-Emergency Call system software and/or tor is made, your vehicle will automatically transmit prompts will guide you during the SOS-Emergency Call. hardware is damaged during a vehicle collision.
  • Page 279: Jacking And Tire Changing

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Frequently Asked Questions: WARNING! WARNING! What happens if I accidentally push the SOS- Emergency Call Button? • vehicle’s electrical system or modify the antennas Being under a jacked-up vehicle is dangerous. The on your vehicle. IF YOUR VEHICLE LOSES BATTERY vehicle could slip off the jack and fall on you.
  • Page 280: Jack Location

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY JACK LOCATION WARNING! The jack and tools are stored under the front passenger Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the seat. vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to avoid being hit when operating the jack or REMOVAL OF JACK AND TOOLS changing the wheel.
  • Page 281: Removing The Spare Tire

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY There are two ways to assemble the tools: CAUTION! WARNING! Assembled For Spare Tire Lowering/Raising • Damage to the lug wrench, extensions and winch After using the jack and tools, always reinstall them in mechanism may occur from improper tool the original carrier and location.
  • Page 282: Jacking Instructions

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 4. Rotate the lug wrench handle counterclockwise until 7. Pull the retainer through the center of the wheel. CAUTION! the spare tire is on the ground with enough cable slack to allow you to pull it out from under the The winch mechanism is designed for use with the vehicle.
  • Page 283 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 1. Remove the spare tire, jack, and tools from the WARNING! stored location. • Do not get under the vehicle when it is on a jack. If 2. Using the lug wrench, loosen the wheel nuts (but do you need to get under a raised vehicle, take it to a not remove), by turning them counterclockwise one service center where it can be raised on a lift.
  • Page 284 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Front Lifting Point — TRX Only Front Jacking Location — TRX Only Rear Lifting Point Rear Jacking Location Operate the jack using the extension with jack hook and the lug wrench. The extension tubes may be used but are not required.
  • Page 285: To Stow The Flat Or Spare

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 5. By rotating the lug wrench clockwise, raise the 8. If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel center cap, 3. Remove the extension with the hook and reattach vehicle until the wheel just clears the ground install the cap and remove the wheel blocks.
  • Page 286: Reinstalling The Jack And Tools

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 5. Turn the wing bolt clockwise to secure to the floor pan. Reinstall the plastic cover. Rotating The Lug Wrench Handle Jack And Tool Bag NOTE: 3. Secure the tool bag straps to the jack. Jack Hold Down Wing Bolt Have the flat tire repaired or replaced immediately.
  • Page 287: Preparations For Jump Start

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: WARNING! WARNING! The positive battery post may be covered with a protec- • tive cap. Lift up on the cap to gain access to the posi- Batteries contain sulfuric acid that can burn your Do not attempt jump starting if the battery is frozen. It tive battery post.
  • Page 288: Refueling In Emergency

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 4. Connect the opposite end of the negative (-) jumper REFUELING IN EMERGENCY CAUTION! cable to a good engine ground. A “ground” is an exposed metallic/unpainted part of the engine, Do not connect jumper cable to any of the fuses on The vehicle is equipped with a refueling funnel for a frame or chassis, such as an accessory bracket or capless fuel system.
  • Page 289: If Your Engine Overheats

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY • 2. Insert funnel into same filler pipe opening as the In city traffic — while stopped, place the transmis- WARNING! fuel nozzle. sion in NEUTRAL (N), but do not increase the engine • idle speed while preventing vehicle motion with the Never add fuel when the engine is running.
  • Page 290: Freeing A Stuck Vehicle

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 4. Behind the Manual Park Release access cover is the WARNING! orange tether strap. Pull the tether strap out as far as it will go, then release it. The tether and lever will nection to a tow vehicle. Activating the Manual Park remain outside of the trim panel and the transmis- Release on an unsecured vehicle could lead to seri- sion should now be in NEUTRAL, allowing the vehicle...
  • Page 291: Towing A Disabled Vehicle

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLE CAUTION! Shifts between DRIVE and REVERSE can only be achieved at wheel speeds of 5 mph (8 km/h) or less. • This section describes procedures for towing a disabled Racing the engine or spinning the wheels may lead Whenever the transmission remains in NEUTRAL (N) for to transmission overheating and failure.
  • Page 292: Four-Wheel Drive Models

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Proper towing or lifting equipment is required to prevent CAUTION! damage to your vehicle. Use only tow bars and other equipment designed for this purpose, following equip- • Front or rear wheel lifts must not be used (if the ment per FCA US LLC instructions.
  • Page 293: Enhanced Accident Response System (Ears)

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY WARNING! • Do not use a chain for freeing a stuck vehicle. Chains may break, causing serious injury or death. • Stand clear of vehicles when pulling with tow hooks. Tow straps may become disengaged, caus- ing serious injury.
  • Page 294: Servicing And Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULED SERVICING Refer to the “Service And Warranty Handbook (Auto Biography)” for scheduled servicing. ENGINE COMPARTMENT 3.6L ENGINE WITH STOP/START 3.6L Engine With Stop/Start 1 — Motor Generator Unit Coolant Reservoir Pressure Cap 6 — Battery 2 — Engine Coolant Reservoir Pressure Cap 7 —...
  • Page 295: 5.7L Engine Without Stop/Start

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 5.7L ENGINE WITHOUT STOP/START 5.7L Engine Without Stop/Start 1 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filter 6 — Battery 2 — Engine Coolant Pressure Cap 7 — Engine Coolant Reservoir Cap 3 — Engine Oil Fill 8 — Washer Fluid Reservoir Cap 4 —...
  • Page 296: 5.7L Engine With Stop/Start

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 5.7L ENGINE WITH STOP/START 5.7L Engine With Stop/Start 1 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filter 6 — Battery 2 — Engine Coolant Pressure Cap 7 — Engine Coolant Reservoir Cap 3 — Engine Oil Fill 8 — Washer Fluid Reservoir Cap 4 —...
  • Page 297: L Supercharged Engine (Beauty Cover Removed)

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 6.2L SUPERCHARGED ENGINE (BEAUTY COVER REMOVED) 1 — Intercooler Coolant Reservoir Cap 6 — Battery 2 — Engine Coolant Reservoir Pressure Cap 7 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filters 3 — Engine Oil Fill (behind air intake) 8 — Washer Fluid Reservoir Cap 4 —...
  • Page 298: Checking Oil Level

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: After the engine has warmed up, operate the defroster for a few minutes to reduce the possibility of smearing Always maintain the oil level within the crosshatch or freezing the fluid on the cold windshield. Windshield markings on the dipstick.
  • Page 299: Pressure Washing

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE American Petroleum Institute (API) NOTE: CAUTION! Approved Engine Oil Intentional tampering with emissions control systems may void your warranty and could result in civil penal- • It is essential when replacing the cables on the These symbols mean that the oil has been certified by ties being assessed against you.
  • Page 300: Disposing Of Used Engine Oil And Oil Filters

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Disposing Of Used Engine Oil And Oil Filters Care should be taken in disposing of used engine oil and oil filters from your vehicle. Used oil and oil filters, indiscriminately discarded, can present a problem to the environment. Contact an authorized dealer, service station or governmental agency for advice on how and where used oil and oil filters can be safely discarded in your area.
  • Page 301: Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspection And Replacement

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Beauty Cover Removal/Installation — 2. Lift the engine air cleaner filter cover to access the WARNING! engine air cleaner filter. TRX Model the vehicle with the air induction system (air cleaner, 3. Remove the engine air cleaner filter from the hous- The engine beauty cover will need to be removed in hoses, etc.) removed.
  • Page 302 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Engine Air Cleaner Filter Removal 1. With a suitable tool, fully loosen (ten) fasteners on the engine air cleaner filter lid and the air hose clamp. Beauty Cover Attachment Points Air Cleaner Filter Elements Engine Air Cleaner Filter Installation 1 —...
  • Page 303: Air Conditioner Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE The cabin air filter is located in the fresh air inlet behind CAUTION! CAUTION! the glove compartment. Perform the following proce- dure to replace the filter: Do not use impact tools on fastners, damage will Do not use chemical flushes in your air conditioning result.
  • Page 304 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Glove Compartment Filter Cover Cabin Air Filter 7. Install the cabin air filter with the arrow on the filter 1 — Glove Compartment Travel Stop pointing toward the floor. When installing the filter 2 — Glove Compartment Tension Tether cover, press on each end until you hear an audible 3 —...
  • Page 305: Accessory Drive Belt Inspection

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Conditions that would require replacement: WARNING! • Rib chunking (one or more ribs has separated from • When working near the radiator cooling fan, dis- belt body) connect the fan motor lead. The fan is temperature • Rib or belt wear controlled and can start at any time regardless of •...
  • Page 306: Windshield Wiper Blades

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • Prior to the application of any lubricant, the parts con- Foreign material 2. To disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm, cerned should be wiped clean to remove dust and grit; press the release tab on the wiper blade and while •...
  • Page 307: Exhaust System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE EXHAUST SYSTEM To minimize the possibility of catalytic converter CAUTION! damage: The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into • • Do not interrupt the ignition when the transmission The catalytic converter requires the use of the vehicle body is a properly maintained engine is in gear and the vehicle is in motion.
  • Page 308: Engine Coolant Checks

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Engine Coolant Checks NOTE: prevent reducing this extended maintenance period, it is important to use the same engine coolant (OAT cool- Check the engine coolant (antifreeze) protection every • Mixing of engine coolant (antifreeze) other than ant conforming to MS.90032) throughout the life of 12 months (before the onset of freezing weather, where specified Organic Additive Technology (OAT) engine your vehicle.
  • Page 309 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Disposal Of Used Coolant • Mixing engine coolant types is not recommended and can result in cooling system damage. If HOAT Used ethylene glycol-based coolant (antifreeze) is a and OAT coolant are mixed in an emergency, have regulated substance requiring proper disposal.
  • Page 310: Brake System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE If an examination of your engine compartment shows WARNING! WARNING! no evidence of radiator or hose leaks, the vehicle may be safely driven. The vapor will soon dissipate. • To avoid contamination from foreign matter or Riding the brakes can lead to brake failure and possi- •...
  • Page 311: Rear Axle And 4X4 Front Driving Axle Fluid Level

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Drain And Refill Routine fluid and filter changes are not required. How- CAUTION! ever, change the fluid and filter if the fluid becomes Refer to the “Service and Warranty Handbook (Auto contaminated (with water, etc.), or if the transmission is Do not use chemical flushes in your transmission as Biography)”...
  • Page 312: Fuses

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Drain And Refill WARNING! Refer to the “Service and Warranty Handbook (Auto • If the replaced fuse blows again, contact an autho- Biography)” for the proper maintenance intervals. rized dealer. Selection Of Lubricant • If a general protection fuse for safety systems (air bag system, braking system), power unit systems Use only the manufacturer recommended fluid (engine system, transmission system) or steering...
  • Page 313 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Underhood Power Distribution Center...
  • Page 314 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 25 Amp Clear Fuel Pump Motor / Assy Fuel Tank – – Spare * – 5 Amp Tan MGU * – – Spare * – – Spare * –...
  • Page 315 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 50 Amp Red – ESP Module 30 Amp Pink – Front Wiper – 10 Amp Red PCM / ECM 40 Amp Green – ESP Module – – Spare * –...
  • Page 316 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 25 Amp White – FUEL PUMP MOTOR #1 * – – Spare * – 10 Amp Red Supply / Purging Pump * 15 Amp Blue PCM * – 10 Amp Red Vapor Blocking Valve * –...
  • Page 317: Internal Power Distribution Center

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Internal Power Distribution Center See the following steps for accessing the interior fuses: 2. After removing the screws, gently pull both the left and right side of the fuse panel cover to release the 1. Locate and remove the two screws from the lower The Power Distribution Center is located under the driv- fastener clips.
  • Page 318 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 40 Amp Green – HVAC Blower Motor – 5 Amp Tan Output to Under-hood Power Distribution Center (UPDC) Run Coil – 25 Amp Clear Mod Audio Amplifier / Active Noise Cancellation –...
  • Page 319 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 15 Amp Blue Frt & RR Ventilated Seat Motor Mod Inverter / Mtr Sunshade Sunroof / Mtr Dual Sunroof / USB – 10 Amp Red Charge Only 40 Amp Green –...
  • Page 320 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped Power Outlet Center Seat Battery Feed Position F54 A&B – 20 Amp Yellow Power Outlet Center Seat Ignition Feed Position 25 Amp White – Upfitter * 30 Amp Pink –...
  • Page 321: Auxiliary Switches - If Equipped

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Auxiliary Switches — If Equipped A kit of splices and heat shrink tubing are provided with the auxiliary switches to aid in the connection/ Four or six auxiliary switches may be located in the installation of your electrical devices. lower switch bank of the instrument panel, and can be Fuse And Wire Color Chart used to power various electrical devices.
  • Page 322 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Auxiliary PDC Location...
  • Page 323: Bulb Replacement

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Circuit Function Fuse Wire Color Location * If Equipped Aux Switch 1 F001A – 50 Amp Pink/Dark Blue Auxiliary PDC Aux Switch 2 F002A – 20 Amp Pink/Dark Green Auxiliary PDC Aux Switch 3 F003A – 20 Amp Pink/Violet Auxiliary PDC Aux Switch 4...
  • Page 324 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Exterior Bulbs Bulb Name Bulb Number Low Beam (Halogen Reflector Headlamp – If Equipped) H11LL High Beam (Halogen Reflector Headlamp – If Equipped) 9005LL Low & High Beam (LED Reflector Headlamp) Low & High Beam (LED Projector Headlamp) Turn Signal / Front Position (Halogen Reflector Headlamp –...
  • Page 325: Replacing Exterior Bulbs

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Replacing Exterior Bulbs 3. Locate the high beam access cover, which can be CAUTION! found on the back side of the headlamps. BASE QUAD: LOW BEAM HEADLAMP, HIGH • Do not contaminate the bulb glass by touching it NOTE: BEAM HEADLAMP, FRONT PARK AND TURN with your fingers or by allowing it to contact other...
  • Page 326 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 3. Locate the park and turn socket, which can be found on the back side of the headlamps. Side Marker Lamp Fog Lamp Bulb 4. Disengage the side marker socket by rotating coun- 3. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise a quarter turn to Park And Turn Socket terclockwise a quarter turn.
  • Page 327 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 3. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors from the bulb socket. CHMSL Mounting Screw Locations Tail Lamp Locations 2. Separate the connector holding the housing and wiring harness to the body. 1 — Tail Lamp Wiring Harness Connector 2 —...
  • Page 328: Tires

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tire Markings • European — Metric tire sizing is based on European CAUTION! design standards. Tires designed to this standard have the tire size molded into the sidewall beginning Do not contaminate the bulb glass by touching it with with the section width.
  • Page 329 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tire And Loading Information Placard NOTE: Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition, Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axles must not be exceeded. For further information on GAWR, vehicle loading, and trailer towing page 168.
  • Page 330 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Metric Example For Load Limit amount equals 1400 lbs. and there For example, if “XXX” amount equals 635 kg and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your will be five 68 kg passengers in your vehicle, the vehicle, the amount of available cargo amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
  • Page 331 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE WARNING! Overloading of your tires is dangerous. Overloading can cause tire failure, affect vehicle handling, and increase your stopping distance. Use tires of the recommended load capacity for your vehicle. Never overload them.
  • Page 332: Tire Types

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Snow Tires TIRE TYPES For restrictions when towing with a spare tire desig- nated for temporary emergency use page 174. Some areas of the country require the use of All Season Tires — If Equipped Spare Tire Matching Original Equipped snow tires during the Winter.
  • Page 333: Collapsible Spare Tire - If Equipped

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! Compact and collapsible spares are for temporary Compact and Collapsible spares are for temporary Limited use spares are for emergency use only. Instal- emergency use only. With these spares, do not drive emergency use only. With these spares, do not drive lation of this limited use spare tire affects vehicle more than 50 mph (80 km/h).
  • Page 334: Tire Rotation Recommendations

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Dark Vapor Chrome, Black Satin Chrome, or Low Gloss CAUTION! Clear Coat Wheels Avoid products or automatic car washes that use CAUTION! acidic solutions or strong alkaline additives or harsh brushes. Many aftermarket wheel cleaners and auto- If your vehicle is equipped with these specialty matic car washes may damage the wheel's protective wheels, DO NOT USE wheel cleaners, abrasives, or...
  • Page 335: Battery Storage Mode - Trx

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE What Causes Corrosion? BATTERY STORAGE MODE — TRX PRESERVING THE BODYWORK Corrosion is the result of deterioration or removal of With the ignition in the ON position, engine not running, Washing paint and protective coatings from your vehicle. navigate to the battery gauge page on the instrument •...
  • Page 336: Special Care

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • Your fascia/bumpers are susceptible to deterioration If your vehicle is damaged due to a collision or simi- WARNING! caused by salt, sodium chloride, magnesium chloride, lar cause that destroys the paint and protective calcium chloride, etc., and other road chemicals used coating, have your vehicle repaired as soon as Do not use silicon-based protection products to clean to melt ice or control dust on dirt roads.
  • Page 337: Plastic And Coated Parts

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Stain Repel Fabric Cleaning Procedure — Seat Belt Maintenance PLASTIC AND COATED PARTS If Equipped Do not bleach, dye or clean the belts with chemical sol- Use Mopar® Total Clean to clean vinyl upholstery. vents or abrasive cleaners. This will weaken the fabric. Stain Repel seats may be cleaned in the following manner: If the belts need cleaning, use a mild soap solution or...
  • Page 338: Glass Surfaces

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE liquid. Please do not use polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents, or ammonia-based cleaners to clean your leather upholstery. NOTE: If equipped with light colored leather, it tends to show any foreign material, dirt, and fabric dye transfer more so than darker colors.
  • Page 339: Technical Specifications

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) application, greater pedal force required to slow or stop, and the Brake Warning Light and the Anti-Lock Brake Do not oil wheel studs. For chrome wheels, do not sub- System (ABS) Warning Light will activate during brake stitute with chrome plated wheel nuts.
  • Page 340: Fuel Requirements

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS lems such as hard starting, stalling, and hesitations. If 6.2L SUPERCHARGED ENGINE you experience these symptoms, try another brand of Do not use E-85 flex fuel or ethanol blends greater than gasoline before considering service for the vehicle. 15% in this engine.
  • Page 341: Ethanol

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ETHANOL REFORMULATED GASOLINE COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG) AND LIQUID PROPANE (LP) FUEL The manufacturer recommends that your vehicle be Many areas of the country require the use of cleaner- operated on fuel containing no more than 15% ethanol. burning gasoline referred to as “reformulated gasoline”.
  • Page 342: Fluid Capacities

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FLUID CAPACITIES Metric Fuel (Approximate) 1500 Regular Cab Shortbed/Crew Quad Cab Models 23 gal 87 L 1500 Regular Cab Shortbed/Crew Quad Cab Models 26 gal 98 L 1500 Regular Cab Longbed/Crew Quad Cab Models (Optional)/TRX Models 33 gal 124.9 L Engine Oil With Filter 3.6L Engine...
  • Page 343 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part We recommend using Mopar® SAE 0W-20 Full Synthetic Engine Oil which meets the requirements of the manufacturer Material Standard MS-6395. Equivalent full syn- Engine Oil – 3.6L & 5.7L Engine thetic SAE 0W-20 engine oil can be used but must have the API Starburst trademark page 297.
  • Page 344: Chassis Fluids And Lubricants

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part Use only Mopar® ZF 8 & 9 Speed ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid, or equivalent. Automatic Transmission Failure to use the correct fluid may affect the function or performance of your transmission.
  • Page 345: Customer Assistance

    CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE FCA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS SERVICE CONTRACT Mopar® Vehicle Protection Plans offer valuable protec- FCA International Operations LLC and its authorized tion against repair costs when these warranties no lon- Here are the contact details of the FCA Middle East dealers are vitally interested in your satisfaction.
  • Page 346: Index

    INDEX INDEX Alarm Panic ..... .18 Accessory Drive Belt Inspection ..303 Back-Up Camera .
  • Page 347 INDEX Capacities, Fuel ....340 Cooling Capacity ....340 Driving Tips ....182 Caps, Filler Disposal Of Used Coolant .
  • Page 348 INDEX Oil ....297, 340 Fuel ..... . .338 Lights On Reminder .
  • Page 349 INDEX Trip ..... . .97 4WD .....108 Speed Warning .
  • Page 350 INDEX Electric Powered ....40 Filter Disposal ....298 Door Locks ....25 Heated .
  • Page 351 INDEX Rear ParkSense System ....150 Seat Belt Reminder ....103 Service Contract ....343 Rear Seat Reminder Alert .
  • Page 352 INDEX Sunglasses Storage....56 Types .....330 Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover .
  • Page 353 INDEX Washers, Windshield ....296 Washing Vehicle....333 Water Driving Through ....183 Wheel And Wheel Tire Care .
  • Page 355 ٤٢٠ ( ‫ )ا اد‬Radio ‫ن‬ ) Forward Collision Warning AutoPark ١٣٢ ..... . ‫ت‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٠...
  • Page 356 ٤١٩ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ (B) ‫ا ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧١, ٣٧٣ ... . ٣٩٣ ..‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م آ ه‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 357 ٤١٨ ٢٨٦ ..‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ٧٠ ....‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٣ ......‫ا...
  • Page 358 ٤١٧ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٣٣٥, ٣٨٨ ....٣٧٥, ٤١٠ ....٣٥٦...
  • Page 359 ٤١٦ ٢٠٤, ٣٩٤ ....‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠٦ ......‫د‬...
  • Page 360 ٤١٥ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ١٢٣ ....٣٣٥ ......‫ح‬...
  • Page 361 ٤١٤ ‫ا‬ ٧٧, ٧٩ ....‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣, ٣٤ ....‫ا‬...
  • Page 362 ٤١٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٣ ......٣٩٨ ....٥٠...
  • Page 363 ٤١٢ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫ح‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ٢٠٣ ..... . ١٢١, ١٢٣ ... . ٣٧٢...
  • Page 364 ٤١١ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ FCA INTERNATIONAL ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ OPERATIONS LLC FCA International Operations ‫آ‬ !‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك. إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 365 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٤١٠ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ز ت‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا أو ز ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو‬Mopar® ZF 8 & 9 Speed ATF ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ .
  • Page 366 ٤٠٩ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وز ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا أو ز ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ) OAT ‫ آ‬Mopar® ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ 150000) ‫ات/000042 آ‬ 10 ‫آ‬...
  • Page 367 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٤٠٨ ‫ال‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ي‬ ‫إذا آ ن ا‬ ‫ود ا‬ (MMT) (LP) ‫( وا و ن ا‬CNG) .MMT ‫ي‬ ‫د إ‬ ‫ ه‬MMT ‫إن دة‬ ‫ك‬...
  • Page 368 ٤٠٧ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ٍ ل‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ 95 (RON) ‫أوآ ن ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام و د‬ ‫ر‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ...
  • Page 369 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٤٠٦ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً (، ا‬ 25) ‫ور 04 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا ي‬ ‫ّ أو ا‬ ‫ ا‬E-85 ‫م و د‬ ، ‫ذو ر ا وآ ن ا‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 370 ٤٠٥ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ُ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان أ ّ ي‬ ‫ل‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو أزل أي أو خ أو ز‬ ّ ‫و‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 371 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠٤ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أو أو خ أو‬ ‫اد‬ ‫أي‬ ،‫ا ن‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أآ‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 372 ٤٠٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫د‬ Mopar® ، ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫إ اء إ‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ش‬ ‫اض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق أو‬ ‫ح أي‬ ‫ش. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و ا‬ ،‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 373 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠٢ • ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ،‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وش‬ ‫ر أو‬ ‫أي أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫آ ة أو‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫م‬ . ‫ق ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا ر‬ ‫ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء زا أي أو خ أو‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 374 ٤٠١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة وه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ و‬Mopar® ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 375 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠٠ • ‫رة أو‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أي و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أآ‬ ( ً ‫)أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ي إ ف ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ 5 ‫ة‬...
  • Page 376 ٣٩٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال )أو‬ ، ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ً ا‬ ‫أول‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ل )أو أ‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أول‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإ دة آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ح( ا‬...
  • Page 377 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٩٨ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 378 ٣٩٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫أ اع ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا داء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫ت أ أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أ‬ ، ‫وا‬ ‫ا رض ا‬ ‫/ا‬...
  • Page 379 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٩٦ ‫رة أو ز دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أو ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة ا‬ .‫ً ا‬ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا زم‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫إن و‬ .‫أ ًا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ر . و‬ ‫إ رات ذات رة‬ ‫رة.
  • Page 380 ٣٩٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ 635 ‫وي‬ "XXX" ‫ار‬ ‫ل، إذا آ ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ The combined" ‫رة‬ ‫)1( ا‬ ‫رة وزن ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رآ ب‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ weight of occupants and cargo ‫ه‬...
  • Page 381 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٩٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫إ ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز أ‬ ‫أن‬ ُ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز‬...
  • Page 382 ٣٩٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ورو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا ور . وه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً را‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ث ز ج ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ض...
  • Page 383 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٩٢ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. أدر‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ُ ر‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج...
  • Page 384 ٣٩١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب - إن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. ا‬ LED ‫ح‬ ‫رة وآ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫7. ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ث ز ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ض‬...
  • Page 385 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٩٠ ‫ار‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. أدر ا‬ :‫ال‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫1. ا‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ث ز ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫7. ا‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 386 ٣٨٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫أرآ ن ا‬ H11LL ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫– إذا آ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ح أ‬ ‫ب أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 387 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨٨ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء وأر م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج. ا‬ ‫س أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأر م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ، ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬...
  • Page 388 ٣٨٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وردي/أزرق داآ‬ ‫ – 05 أ‬F001A ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫داآ‬ ‫وردي/أ‬ ‫...
  • Page 389 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨٦ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫وف ا ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬latching" ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 390 ٣٨٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫آ‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫52 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة وا‬ – ‫وردي‬ ‫03 أ‬ * ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ – ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬ * ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 391 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫/ و ة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫/ و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬F41 A&B / ICS / ‫ا اء‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 392 ٣٨٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – CNN / ‫ح ا‬ ‫/ و ة‬ ‫زع ا دد ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫أزرق‬...
  • Page 393 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨٢ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫وردي‬ ‫03 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – (‫) وز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ا‬...
  • Page 394 ٣٨١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – * ‫ا ه‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫06 أ‬ – * ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ * NOx –...
  • Page 395 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ IRCAM ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – * 5 ‫( ر‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ )ا‬AUX ‫ح‬ – ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬ * ADCM / (MGU) ‫ك‬ ‫ّ...
  • Page 396 ٣٧٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ * ‫و ة ا اء‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫05 أ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – TCM SBW ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – * CBC 4 ‫ة‬ 2 ‫ر‬...
  • Page 397 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫د‬ ‫د/ ان ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ ‫52 أ‬ – ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – * ‫ك‬ ‫ّ ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫5 أ‬ –...
  • Page 398 ٣٧٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ .‫ا ا ة‬ ‫ت و ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ي ه ا ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 399 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٦ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫إ‬ .٤١٠ ‫ا وس‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ إ‬Mopar® Limited Slip Additive ‫ت‬ ‫س‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫ر‬ ‫خ ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ .‫ق‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات و ا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ض‬ .‫ء‬...
  • Page 400 ٣٧٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ 4×4 ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا د‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫و ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫م‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً ً ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م إ اء‬ ،...
  • Page 401 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٤ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫— أ‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا آ‬ ‫ا اد‬ ً ‫أ‬ ،‫اء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 402 ٣٧٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إر دات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫— ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫أن‬ ( ‫ا د‬ ‫" )ا‬MIN" ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أ ل/آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )ا‬MAX"‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك ر ً دا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 403 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٢ • ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أو ا ء‬ ‫ا ء ا‬ ‫ا ء‬ ‫م ً ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫اآ أي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ل ا ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذي‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 404 ٣٧١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ‫، ا . وإذا آ‬ ‫ات أو أوراق ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رش ا ء‬ • ‫ا‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء )إذا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رأ ً إ‬ ‫ك ذي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 405 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٠ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا د‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز. إ أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫، و ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إذا آ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫م...
  • Page 406 ٣٦٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫، ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إ اء ذ‬ ‫ا م، و‬ • ‫ت‬ ‫ف...
  • Page 407 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٨ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ا ء‬ .Mopar® ‫ر أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ • ‫ن‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ات ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 408 ٣٦٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زات‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وق ا زات‬ ‫آ‬ — 1 ‫ء‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ا رض‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق ا زات‬ — 2 ‫ت‬ ‫ف‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 409 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٦ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ .‫وق ا زات‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫أي‬ ‫اد آ‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا زات وأ ج آ‬ ‫1. ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أن‬ ‫و ت‬ ‫إن ا‬ ،...
  • Page 410 ٣٦٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫2. ار‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ك وا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ TRX ‫از‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م أدوات ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫3. أزل‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ه اء‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 411 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٤ TRX ‫از‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫/ آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ك إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ز‬ ‫ج‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك أو ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫خ ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات و ا‬ ‫وق...
  • Page 412 ٣٦٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ال‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫؛‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫إزا‬ "(‫رة‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ن )ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"آ‬ ‫را‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ّ د ز‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 413 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٢ TRX - ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا وا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ (API) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إزا وا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫أي‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 414 ٣٦١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" أ ء و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"ا‬ • ‫أ‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أآ ل و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر ا‬ ‫وق...
  • Page 415 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٠ • ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ )ا‬MIN ‫ة‬ ‫از ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق در‬ ً ‫ً أو‬ ‫د‬ ،‫ا رد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ق و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ( ‫ا د‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 416 ٣٥٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫6 — ا‬ ‫ا ُ د ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 1 ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ — 7 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 2 ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 8 (‫ا اء‬ ) ‫ك‬...
  • Page 417 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٨ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫6 — ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ — 1 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 7 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ — 2 ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 8 ‫ك‬...
  • Page 418 ٣٥٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫6 — ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ — 1 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬ — 7 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ — 2 ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 419 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٦ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ور‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ "(‫رة‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ن )ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"آ‬ ‫را‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫6 — ا‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 420 ٣٥٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ارئ - إذا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ (EARS) ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫ارئ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 421 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٥٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ُ ز ر‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ٢١٩ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫• و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬N ‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ • ‫أ‬ ‫• ا‬ ‫ح‬...
  • Page 422 ٣٥٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ اج‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ك أو و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ • ، ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ً ا آ ً ا. و‬ ‫أن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫إدارة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫آ...
  • Page 423 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٥٢ :‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ة أ ى‬ ‫ا رج‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫رة دو‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 424 ٣٥١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ • ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫م‬ ‫ارة إ‬ ُ ‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫إزا ه‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬...
  • Page 425 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٥٠ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا رد‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫وث ذ ، ا‬ ‫د. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 426 ٣٤٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫اءات إ‬ ‫ا ع ه ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫زة أو ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ ء ر‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 427 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٤٨ ‫ء وا ٍ ق. ار‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ر أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫دة آ‬ ً ‫دا‬ ،‫وا دوات‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ث‬ ،‫. أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 428 ٣٤٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا دوات. آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا ا ، وأزح‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 429 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٤٦ ‫غ أو ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آًا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ذي ة‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫1. ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ع‬...
  • Page 430 ٣٤٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أن ا ا‬ ‫ا رض، آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ اء ا‬ .‫ب‬ ‫آ ه‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫5. ار ا‬ ‫رب‬ ‫دوران‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ TRX - ‫ا‬...
  • Page 431 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٤٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ول ر ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫وا ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫1. أ ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫دوران‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ه‬ ،( ‫دون...
  • Page 432 ٣٤٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫را . وإذا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ • ، ‫رة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫را‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫إ ر‬ ‫رة أ ء‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫،...
  • Page 433 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٤٢ ‫ر ا‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫1. أ ج ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫رآ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ا او ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا ا‬ ‫زا...
  • Page 434 ٣٤١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ، ً ‫إذا آ ن ا ب ا‬ 4 ‫ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر 5 إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا ب‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دون ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ •...
  • Page 435 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٤٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ج‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ • .١٦٠ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 436 ٣٣٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ • SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ث إذا‬ ‫ذا‬ 4G ‫3 أو‬G ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ءة‬ (ORC) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ • ‫؟‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ن...
  • Page 437 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٣٨ • ‫رة‬ SOS ‫زر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ ا‬LED ‫ء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 438 ٣٣٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام وا‬ ‫إن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر وا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ — SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 439 ‫ا‬ ٣٣٦ ‫ق‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ز ا دم‬ ‫د‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة ا آ ب. و‬ ‫دا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا دم‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫دى ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 440 ٣٣٥ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اؤه‬ ‫ا ور ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ط أ ء أو ا‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫آ دا‬ • ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫إزا‬ ً ‫ا ص دا‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أي‬...
  • Page 441 ‫ا‬ ٣٣٤ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اؤه دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وو‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫اء ا ي‬ ‫أن‬ ‫. و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ف...
  • Page 442 ٣٣٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ّ ل ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫وإ‬ ‫آ رأس ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫وا‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر دات ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 443 ‫ا‬ ٣٣٢ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫(. أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أ‬ ‫ه‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ر دات ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 444 ٣٣١ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ن،...
  • Page 445 ‫ا‬ ٣٣٠ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫س ا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و أ‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ض‬...
  • Page 446 ٣٢٩ ‫ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أن أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ .‫د‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ي‬...
  • Page 447 ‫ا‬ ٣٢٨ ‫ودة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن دا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫دة...
  • Page 448 ٣٢٧ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل آ‬ ‫او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ع وزن ا‬ ‫ن‬ LATCH ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫)56 ر ً (. ا‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 449 ‫ا‬ ٣٢٦ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ُ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ LATCH ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 450 ٣٢٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،" " ‫ه‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ال‬ ‫أن ا‬ ،‫ض‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة. إذا آ ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫أ ًا‬ ‫و‬ ‫دوري و آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 451 ‫ا‬ ٣٢٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل أو ا زن ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل، ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫م ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ أو أ‬LATCH ‫م‬ ‫ن أو‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 452 ٣٢٣ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ُ ‫ا ع ا‬ ‫أو وز أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل أو ا زن‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو أ‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 453 ‫ا‬ ٣٢٢ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫دم آ ؛ و‬ ‫وث‬ ‫( إ‬EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا ة ا‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫وف ا دة‬ EDR ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أي‬ ‫آ ة‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 454 ٣٢١ ‫ا‬ (EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و ع دث، آ‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ LOCK/( ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF) (‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬STOP ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫(. ا ف ا‬EDR) ‫ح...
  • Page 455 ‫ا‬ ٣٢٠ • • ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك )إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ق ا اء ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ه‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ر ا‬ ‫ات و‬ ‫إر دات ا‬ ،...
  • Page 456 ٣١٩ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ذات ا او أو ذات ا زا‬ ‫د ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة، وإذا‬ ‫ب‬...
  • Page 457 ‫ا‬ ٣١٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا أس‬ ‫إ‬ (SABIC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أ ى آ ب ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫أي أ ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 458 ٣١٧ ‫ا‬ • ‫دة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م إ‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ن‬ ‫أي‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ • ‫م ا‬ ّ ‫ّ ن أو‬ ‫( أو أي‬SRS) ‫ت ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫أي و‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫( أو ا‬SRS) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 459 ‫ا‬ ٣١٦ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ (OCS) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫اه‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫إذا آ ن ه ك‬ • (OCS) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫أو‬...
  • Page 460 ٣١٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا خ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي ز دة وزن ا اآ ا‬ . ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا خ آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ . ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫اآ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 461 ‫ا‬ ٣١٤ • • ‫أو أن‬ ‫أن ا اآ ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫( ا خ ا‬OCS) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫د‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ًا؛ أو‬ ‫م‬ . ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة...
  • Page 462 ٣١٣ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ات و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ول ا خ ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫و/أو ا اآ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫وا...
  • Page 463 ‫ا‬ ٣١٢ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫أن‬ ‫دة ا ا ، ا ي‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً . ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 464 ٣١١ ‫ا‬ • ‫ور‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ار إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ق(. أ إذا آ ن‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ه ً ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ن ان‬ ‫أر إ‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أو و‬ ‫...
  • Page 465 ‫ا‬ ٣١٠ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫س‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ً 12 ‫ره‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا آ‬ ‫ض وا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 466 ٣٠٩ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ن وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ّ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫، إذا آ‬ ‫ة أ‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ً ، وإذا آ‬ ‫أآ ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ّ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 467 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٨ ‫6 إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ً ، أد‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫3. و‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ج، أ‬ ‫ق ح ا‬ ً ‫ت ا ي ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ق‬ ‫اث‬ ‫او 081 در‬ ‫ن و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 468 ٣٠٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ض/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا ب‬ ‫رة وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫إن‬ • ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار اء‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬...
  • Page 469 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ ُ .( ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ BeltAlert ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ BeltAlert ‫ن، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ •...
  • Page 470 ٣٠٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أ ن ا‬ ‫م ا آ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وري أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. إذا آ ن‬ (BeltAlert) ‫إ‬ ‫ره‬ ‫اوح أ‬ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫م‬ • ‫رة‬...
  • Page 471 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د إ‬ ،‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ت ا اردة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 472 ‫ب‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ات وو د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إ ان وا ة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ح‬ ‫إ ان آ إ ر‬ ‫، ا أ إ اء‬ ‫ أو وه‬Ram .‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫ )ا‬Settings ‫ل إ‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذج‬ ‫رة(. ا‬...
  • Page 473 ‫ض‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ ار‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬TTPMS) ‫رة‬ ‫ه اء إ رات ا‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ات إ‬ ‫اء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ض‬ . ‫ا اد‬ ‫ ا‬Ram .‫ا س‬...
  • Page 474 ٣٠١ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) "SERVICE TPM SYSTEM" ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ " ،‫ً دا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) "SERVICE TPM SYSTEM" ‫ة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫رات" و‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫( و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رات‬...
  • Page 475 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٠ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ ‫ا س إ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م دة ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 476 ٢٩٩ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ه ا‬ . ً (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د‬ (TPM) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫إ اءات ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وه ا ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 477 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٨ 1 ‫ار‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ً ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ (PEB) ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و دي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ً (‫ل‬ ‫)7 آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 478 ٢٩٧ ‫ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ) "Only Warning" ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ذ‬ (FCW) ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫م، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا س ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم...
  • Page 479 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٦ • • (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫( أ ً ا‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"، دي ه ا إ‬ ‫"إ ف ا‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 480 ٢٩٥ ‫ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫. إذا أدى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ً ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫م ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 481 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٤ • ‫إ ى ا ت‬ ‫رة وو‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"و‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د ا‬ ،" ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ذات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ —...
  • Page 482 ٢٩٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ار‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ،(RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫و د‬ ‫و‬ ،(BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ ف‬ . ‫ت ا اد‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫ار أي‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫( أو‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 483 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٢ (RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫رات ا د‬ ‫ر رؤ ا‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ (RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫. ذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫رات ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أ آ ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫رات أ ى‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 484 ٢٩١ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ق/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫آ ف ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫إذا‬...
  • Page 485 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٠ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫( رة‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ً ‫ة أ ى‬ ،‫ور‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫وا دة‬ ‫م‬ ‫( و‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 486 ٢٨٩ ‫ا‬ • ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و د‬ ً (BLD) ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا س و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫( و‬TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ (ESC) ‫وز...
  • Page 487 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٨ • (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ / ً / ‫23 آ‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ،(SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث أي‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 488 ٢٨٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ث‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (RBS) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ :‫ت‬ ‫أداء‬ (RBS) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م د‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أو إ ف‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫دوري‬ ‫م‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 489 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٦ • • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫دورات‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫رة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 490 ٢٨٥ ‫ا‬ "Full Off" ‫و‬ .‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق أو‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أو ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ف ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Partial Off" ‫و‬ • ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ (TCS) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 491 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٤ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Full Off ‫و‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع ا دة )إذا آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫( ا‬ESC) ‫ودة‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ودة...
  • Page 492 ٢٨٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ) ESC On ‫ر ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ( ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 493 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٢ (EBD) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫م ز‬ (EBD) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫م ز‬ ‫وف‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫إدارة ز‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 494 ٢٨١ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ .(TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫( و‬HSA) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫رة وإ‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫أ ع و‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ،(ABS) ‫وف ا دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ق. إذا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 495 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٠ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫و ع‬ (ABS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ه ر‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 496 ٢٧٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ Forward Facing ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رؤ‬ ‫م( ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Camera ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ check" ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ) "entire surroundings ‫ا‬...
  • Page 497 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٧٨ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Suspension" ‫ض‬ (‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )ا ر‬Pitch & Roll ‫ض‬ .‫رة‬ ‫رة وار ع ا آ ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 498 ٢٧٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫1 — در‬ ‫1 - زاو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫2 — در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫3 — ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ — 4 ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫5 - در‬ ‫س‬ ) ACCESSORY GAUGE (‫ت‬...
  • Page 499 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٧٦ ‫ا‬ — 1 ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ — 2 ‫3 — ا ر ع‬ ‫ت أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ — 4 ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬VEHICLE DYNAMICS (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬Vehicle Dynamics ‫ض‬ ‫وزاو ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 500 ٢٧٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ OFF-ROAD PAGES ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد وا‬ (‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ، ‫وف‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) Off-Road Pages ً ‫ش أو‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ (‫ة‬...
  • Page 501 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٧٤ • • ‫م ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬ESC Off ‫زر‬ :‫ر‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫رات أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫إر دات ا‬ ○ .( ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ / ً ‫ه 52 ر‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 502 ٢٧٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ث م‬ ‫إآ ل‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫أو‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ...
  • Page 503 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٧٢ ‫ )إ اد‬Shift Light RPM Set-Up ‫ة‬ ‫ا وس، ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء‬ (‫ا وس‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا ورات‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫ ) رات ا‬Race Options ‫ا‬ .8-5‫ا وس 1 و2 و3 و4 و‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 504 ٢٧١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا وس ا ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة ا س آ رة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ام أذرع ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ . ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د س‬ (‫ا وس‬ ‫ء‬ ) Shift Light ‫زر‬ ‫ق‬...
  • Page 505 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٧٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) د ا ورات‬Launch RPM . ‫و ر ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ (RPM) ‫ا‬ ‫د ا ورات‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق(، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ق/ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 506 ٢٦٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة ا‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫ة. ا‬ ‫ ) رات‬Race Options ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ام ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ق‬ ‫ر ا‬ Launch ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫، ا‬ ‫)ا ودة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ Race .(‫ق‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 507 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦٨ • ‫ق‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫ا‬ ‫ى أ‬ • . ‫وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رع(: ازن‬ ‫ )ا‬Street • ‫أآ‬ ‫ًا و‬ :(‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Rock ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫رات ا‬...
  • Page 508 ٢٦٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • • ً ‫أآ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫ا‬ .‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً أ‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ( ً ‫ً آ ً )ا ا‬ :(‫رع‬ ‫ )ا‬Street • ‫ة ا‬ ً‫از‬ :(‫رع‬ ‫ )ا‬Street .‫ار‬...
  • Page 509 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦٦ • ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أذرع ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ )ا‬ON ‫ )أذرع ا‬Paddle Shifters .‫ا دة‬ • ‫أذرع ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬Off .‫ا دة‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )أذرع ا‬Paddle Shifters...
  • Page 510 ٢٦٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Custom Mode . ً ‫ا ا‬ ) Custom ‫زر‬ ‫ن‬ TRX ‫زر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Tow ‫ء‬ ) Custom ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 511 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦٤ ) CUSTOM ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ "Baja" ‫دي‬ Baja ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ Baja ‫و‬ ‫ار‬ ‫وا‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ .Baja ‫أذرع ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ق‬ Baja ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (Baja) ‫دة‬...
  • Page 512 ٢٦٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر‬ ‫" )ا‬Rock" ‫و‬ ‫دي‬ Rock (‫ل‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Mud/Sand" ‫و‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ام‬ (‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Rock ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ )ا‬Mud/Sand ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ وا ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ (‫ل‬...
  • Page 513 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦٢ (‫ل‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Mud/Sand ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ (‫ل‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Mud/Sand — 1 (‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Rock — 2 Baja — 3 (‫ل‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫دة )ا‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أو ع ا‬...
  • Page 514 ٢٦١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )أو‬Auto ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD AUTO ‫و‬ ‫أ ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD HIGH ‫( أو‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )أو‬Auto" ‫أو‬ ‫ار وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أذرع...
  • Page 515 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦٠ ‫ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Snow" ‫و‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ )ا‬Snow ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ً ‫ج( )و‬ ‫ )ا‬Snow ‫و‬ ‫و دك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ،( ‫وف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ى، ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 516 ٢٥٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Tow" ‫دي‬ ‫ )ا‬Tow ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ) Transmission .(ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ Stability ‫( و‬ ‫ )ا‬Tow ‫و‬...
  • Page 517 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٨ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Sport" ‫دي‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫" )ا‬Sport" ‫إ ادات و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫أذرع ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( إذا...
  • Page 518 ٢٥٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ض‬ ‫رة ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م، إ‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport — 1 ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ ‫ع ا دة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ )ا‬Tow — 2 ‫ )ا‬Snow — 3 "Street" ‫و‬...
  • Page 519 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٦ ‫دة‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬VEHICLE DYNAMICS ‫ ) ر( أو‬Left ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )أو‬Drive Modes ‫ات‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫( ا‬ ) Right ‫ت‬ ‫...
  • Page 520: Vehicle Speed

    ٢٥٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ت‬ "-" ‫ا ر "+" أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ن ا‬ ، ‫دة‬ ‫ذج‬ ‫و د‬ ) Right ‫ ) ر( أو‬Left ‫ا‬ "60"‫ه "03" و‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا آ‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 521 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٤ • • ‫ا‬ / ‫ة آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ل وا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫إ ا ت‬ ‫ا ا‬ • 100‫ً ا ]06 ً [، و‬ 20 ، ‫)ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ارة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ 300‫[، و‬ 1/8] 200‫]033 ً...
  • Page 522 ٢٥٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫إ دة آ ا‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ Restore Settings to Default ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫)إ دة ا‬ Bluetooth®...
  • Page 523 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٢ ‫ت ا‬ .Uconnect ‫اد ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫ت ا ا‬ ) Software Updates ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ف‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫"...
  • Page 524 ٢٥١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications .‫م‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ App Drawer Favoriting Pop-ups ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫( ا‬...
  • Page 525 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٠ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫ت‬ ‫رة، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ن ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ذآ‬ ‫ت أو ه‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫،...
  • Page 526: Wheel Alignment

    ٢٤٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )ا‬All" ‫ض إ اد‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد ر‬ ‫ض ه ا ا‬ Display Suspension Messages ‫ا‬ ‫( ر‬ ‫ات‬ ‫" )ا‬Warnings Only" ‫إ اد‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 527: Power Delay

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٨ (‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Engine Off Options/(‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Key Off Options ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Engine Off Options/(‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Key Off Options ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 528 ٢٤٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ )أ‬Auto-On Comfort Systems/( ‫وا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Seats & Comfort ‫را‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ )أ‬Auto-On Comfort Systems/( ‫وا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Seats & Comfort ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 529 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٦ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ "Off" ‫اد‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Lock ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ق‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ Sound Horn With Lock ( ‫ا و‬ ‫1" )ا‬st Press" ‫دي إ اد‬ ‫...
  • Page 530 ٢٤٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ )ا ا‬Brakes ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Auto Park Brake ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫اد...
  • Page 531 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٤ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫وا ر‬ ‫ءة ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫اء‬ ‫ )ا‬Lights ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ َ ُ ‫ة‬ ‫. وه ا‬ ‫ر أو إ ف‬ ‫اء...
  • Page 532 ٢٤٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫اد إر دات آ‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ه ا ا‬ Surround View Camera Guidelines ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫)إر دات آ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ParkView ‫ع...
  • Page 533 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٢ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Light Electric) ( ‫" )ا‬Braking"‫رة(، و‬ ‫ام ه ا ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Use This Trailer" ‫رة ه‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ 4 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫رو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ )آ‬Light Electric Over Hydraulic‫(، و‬ ‫...
  • Page 534 ٢٤١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة( — إذا آ‬ ‫رة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Trailer Brake/Trailer .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫رة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" ) ا‬Trailer Brake/Trailer" ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬...
  • Page 535 ‫م. ا‬ ) "Wake Up" ‫آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Wake Up Word .(Ram ، ً ) "Hey, Ram"‫( و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ً ) "Uconnect ‫" )إ ف‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إآ ل ا‬...
  • Page 536 ٢٣٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Bluetooth®/ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ذآ‬ ‫أو ه‬ ‫ت ر‬ ‫ز‬ Bluetooth® ‫ل‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ Bluetooth®/( ‫ )ا‬Phone ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ت أو ا ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 537 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٨ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Clock ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ (GPS) ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 538 ٢٣٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) "Medium"‫( و‬ ) "Low" ‫ه‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ) Rear Parksense Volume .(‫" ) ٍ ل‬High"‫و‬ ‫ ا‬Parksense ‫م‬ ‫( أو...
  • Page 539 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٦ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ً ‫رات و‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ادات أ ن ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ن‬ ‫ة ا دة/ا‬ ) Safety/Driving Assistance ‫زر‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ذ‬...
  • Page 540 ٢٣٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫/ا‬ ‫أو‬ / ‫( )آ‬ ‫" )ا‬Speed" ‫ه و ات ا س‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ات. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ (‫ات‬ ‫ )ا‬Units ‫ة[ أو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ]ا‬ ) (‫د‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 541: Display Mode

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٤ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أو إ ف‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ار ا‬ More Profile Options ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات‬...
  • Page 542 ٢٣٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ App Drawer Favoriting Pop-ups ‫" )إ ف ا‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫َ ر‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫درج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫درج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)ر‬ App Drawer Unfavoriting Pop-ups ‫"...
  • Page 543 ‫م. ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ) "Wake Up" ‫آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Wake Up Word .(Ram ، ً ) "Hey, Ram"‫( و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ً ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Voice Barge-in ‫"...
  • Page 544 ٢٣١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ) My Profile .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ) My Profile ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 545 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٠ ‫زر‬ ‫، ا‬Uconnect 5 ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫رة‬ ‫ )ا‬Vehicle ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ادات( ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Settings ‫ل إ‬ ‫ ا‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ، ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ • .‫ة‬...
  • Page 546 ٢٢٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زري‬ ً ‫ أ‬Uconnect ‫م‬ UCONNECT ‫أ‬ MUTE‫( و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬SCREEN OFF Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫)آ ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أد‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 547 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٢٨ • ‫ه‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ت أو أي أ‬ ‫م اآ ا‬ ‫آ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ء آ‬ ‫آ ف‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا ك أو ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا . و‬ ‫ً را‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وزاو...
  • Page 548 ٢٢٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ذ . إذا م ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ث‬ • ‫ت إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر . دي ا‬ ‫رات‬...
  • Page 549 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٢٦ ‫آ ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫د. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ى‬ ‫رك ر‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫د‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ام‬ ‫وار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 550 ٢٢٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر أو أ ود أو أرض‬ ‫واد‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ه 51 ر‬ ‫ه ا د‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ح‬ (‫ل‬ ‫)301 آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر ا ا‬ ‫أن...
  • Page 551 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٢٤ ‫ا‬ ، ‫أو ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ق‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ر اء‬ ً‫دو‬ ‫رة و ان ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ن ذ‬ .‫ف‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 552 ٢٢٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا ؤ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو ا ء، أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا را‬ ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ت. إن ه ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 553 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٢٢ ‫ا اآ‬ ‫ا ء ا‬ ‫ا ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ء ا اآ‬ ‫ا دة‬ • .‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫رع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا ة ا‬ ‫ا اآ ، ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 554 ٢٢١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ار ع رآ ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات در‬ • ‫ؤه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫4 ه‬ ‫3 إ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫21. أدر‬ ،( ‫ل رج و‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 555 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٢٠ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ة إذا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ض أ‬ .‫ار ع ا آ ب ا دي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 556 ٢١٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ل‬ ) ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ز ا‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬N ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 557 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٨ ‫ا‬ .‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫ج ا‬ ‫وف إزا ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذاة ا‬ ‫( ه أ‬ ‫ً /ا‬ ‫23 آ /ا‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫ت دون أ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 558 ٢١٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ً ‫اف ا‬ ‫ات وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫أن‬ . ‫ا آ ا ا‬ ‫ة ن‬ ُ ،‫ج‬ ‫ات إزا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫( ق ا ر‬ ½...
  • Page 559 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٦ ‫ن ا‬ ‫وط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م ه ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ف وا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 560 ٢١٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫/أ د‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف إ‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫4 إ‬ ‫ن( 1 و2 و‬ ‫ل )ا‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫/ا دة‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 561 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٤ ‫رة و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة )أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ُ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق رب‬ ‫إ‬ • ‫د‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫إ...
  • Page 562 ٢١٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ 9‫8 و‬ ‫آ ر ا‬ ‫رة )ُ ر إ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ث ا‬ ‫9. إذا‬ ‫ة. إذا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ اد‬ ،(‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ٍ ل‬ ‫ور‬...
  • Page 563 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٢ ‫ت ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ار‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ك ذراع ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 564 ٢١١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ز ا زن ا‬ • 1000) ‫354 آ‬ ‫رة أآ‬ ‫إذا آ ن وزن ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 565 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٠ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ذاآ ة ا‬ ‫ة‬ ً ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ع ا ر دات ا‬ ُ ‫ه ا ر دات‬ ‫دم. ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ن إ دة‬ ّ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 566 ٢٠٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ • Trailer Steering Ready, Shift" ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة ه ، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) To Reverse ‫م‬ ً ‫ أو‬TRSC ‫م‬ ، ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا ر و‬ ‫ا‬ "( ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ . ً ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 567 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٨ .(‫ً ا‬ 30) ‫001 م‬ ‫و‬ ‫1. ا دة‬ ‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة أي‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ) "Calibrate Trailer" ‫ض ر‬ ‫أي إ اء إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م دون ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 568 ٢٠٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة و ن ا‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫ة ا س أو إ ادات ا اد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫8. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س ا ر ع‬ ‫را‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رض، وه ا‬ ‫ف...
  • Page 569 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٦ ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ً و‬ ، ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و دي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ن‬ ً ‫ا ً را و‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ك أ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ور وا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 570 ٢٠٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ (GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا وران ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫وزن...
  • Page 571 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٤ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و م و‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫و‬ - ‫- م‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫رة. ا د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا رد‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .(VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 572 ٢٠٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫أ ب‬ ‫دا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫3. أد‬ ‫أ ء إ دة ا ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ‫ا ه و‬ • ‫( و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ )ا‬AUX ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ث‬ •...
  • Page 573 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٢ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ (‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ) More Cams ‫زر‬ • ‫ت‬ ‫أو أي دة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إذا اآ ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫وث‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ )ا‬AUX ‫ا‬ ، ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 574 ٢٠١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ Right View ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ X ‫زر‬ ‫ً ا او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا‬ .‫ا‬...
  • Page 575 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ض‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إد ل‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫01 ا ٍ ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 576 ١٩٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD Low ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ض‬ ،( ‫ا‬...
  • Page 577 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٨ • • ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ ‫ن‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫د‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫/ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ،( ‫ودة‬...
  • Page 578 ١٩٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ي ا ر دات‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫َ ه‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Rear Cross Path ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 579 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٦ ‫ف‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ار أر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. دي ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫دي إزا‬ ‫( أو ا‬D) ‫ا دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 580 ١٩٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • • ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ParkView ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .٢٢٩ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ع‬...
  • Page 581 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٤ • ParkView ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ف‬ ‫ام إ رة ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا دة‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ،‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 582 ١٩٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫ف آ‬ ‫ى — اآ‬ ‫درة ا رة ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫م ه ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة إ‬ ‫ف ور‬ ،‫ا رة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫درة‬ ‫ة ا س إذا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 583 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٢ LANESENSE ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬LANESENSE ‫م‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫ا رة وا‬ ‫اآ ف آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ،(‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫ا رة ) ون‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا رة( أو إ ف‬ ‫و‬ ً...
  • Page 584 ١٩١ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وزت‬ ‫ورة إذا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ت ا وس ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫( أ ء‬ /‫)5 أ ل‬ / ‫7 آ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE‫ )ا دة( و‬DRIVE) ‫م‬...
  • Page 585 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٠ • ‫ر اآ ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ (‫ورة‬ ‫ع ا‬ ً ) ‫د‬ ‫از أو‬ ‫رة‬ .‫ن‬ ‫ى ر ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ •...
  • Page 586 ١٨٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ ا‬LED ‫ح‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ أو‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ة و‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫، ا‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ إذا آ‬LED ‫ح‬ .(LED ‫ح‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 587 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٨ • ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫وف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫، إ ، أو‬ ‫ة أو ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ — إذا آ‬PARKSENSE ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ُ • ‫ذات أ‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 588 ١٨٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ Parksense Unavailable Service" ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫د إ ف‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫وة‬ ‫م‬ ، Parksense ‫م‬ ) "Required ‫ف‬ ، ‫أو ا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫إ اء ا‬ ‫إذا‬...
  • Page 589 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٦ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ، PARKSENSE REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس إ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ - إذا آ‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ PARKSENSE UNAVAILABLE" ‫( أو‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫أو ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫م‬ ) "WIPE FRONT SENSORS ً...
  • Page 590 ١٨٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م‬ ‫اآ ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ً وا ًا وا ً و‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ارات ا‬ ‫أ‬ 65-30 100-65 120-100 150-120 200-150 ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 591 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٤ ‫/ ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫أ اس‬ ‫/ س وا‬ — 6 ‫/ س‬ — 1 ‫/ س وا‬ — 7 ‫/ س وا‬ — 2 ‫/ س‬ — 8 ‫/ س وا‬ —...
  • Page 592 ١٨٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • PARKSENSE ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫ أ ء‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ة‬ ‫ة أ ى إذا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ُ ‫إذا ُ آ‬ ‫وث‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ض ا‬ /‫)6 أ...
  • Page 593 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٢ ‫ة‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ • ‫ا و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫اف ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 594 ١٨١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أداء و ة ا‬ ، ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ .‫و ً دا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رة ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 595 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٠ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ود‬ ‫أداء و‬ ‫ف ا ي أو‬ ‫ول ا‬ ) "CLEAN FRONT WINDSHIELD" ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدا ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ACC/FCW Limited" ‫ف‬ "Functionality Clean Front Windshield ACC/FCW"...
  • Page 596 ١٧٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫دي ا م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا أي‬ ACC/ FCW Unavailable" ‫ض ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫وث‬ ‫إ‬ ‫" )و ة ا‬Wipe Front Radar Sensor ‫ز‬ ‫ذاة‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 597 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٨ Distance ‫زر‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫دة إ اد ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ . ‫( و ر‬ ‫ )ز دة ا‬Increase ‫وري‬ ‫ازد م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ل ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫أي و‬ ‫اء ا ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ،‫ا...
  • Page 598 ١٧٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن و ة ا‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أو‬ • ‫، إذا‬ ‫ا‬ (-) SET ‫ام زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 599 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٦ • ‫أ ء ا دة ي‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن و ة ا‬ / ‫آ‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ (ESC) • ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 600 ١٧٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫و‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫( أو و‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫( أو و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 601 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٤ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬Adaptive Cruise Control Off ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 602 ١٧٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ • (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ا...
  • Page 603 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٢ ‫ف ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ، ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أو‬ . ‫ر‬ (‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬RES ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة د . و‬ ‫وز...
  • Page 604 ١٧١ ‫ا ء وا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫/إ ف ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Cruise Control ‫ا‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫زر‬ ‫م،...
  • Page 605 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٠ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل ا و‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫( أ ء ا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫ء آ ا‬ ‫و م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫...
  • Page 606 ١٦٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫وراء أن ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أن‬ ،‫ى‬ ‫وط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف/ ء‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ STOP/START ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف/ ء‬AUTOSTOP ACTIVE ‫ا‬...
  • Page 607 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٨ ‫ل‬ ً ‫ز آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ 5.7 ‫آ ت‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ًا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ا س ا‬ ‫و‬ .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا دة‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 608 ١٦٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ • ‫ً . وإذا آ ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ً‫ور‬ ‫ت‬ .‫ت‬ ‫دوران ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر...
  • Page 609 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٦ • ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف‬ – ‫ر/ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ار و‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ( ‫ر/ا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Tire/Jack ‫و‬ .1‫4 و‬ /‫ل‬ ‫ )ا‬Entry/Exit ‫ا د‬ ‫غ ا‬ ‫ل إ ادات‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫دة...
  • Page 610: Wheel Alignment

    ١٦٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ذاة ا‬ ) Wheel Alignment ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫م ه ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫أ م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ا ود اد‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ،‫ت‬...
  • Page 611 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٤ • (NRH) ‫ار ع ا دة ا دي‬ ‫و‬ ‫وزت‬ ‫أو إذا‬ ‫( آ‬ / ً 26 ‫ار‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ) (OR) ‫ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ / ً / ‫35 آ‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫د‬ / ً / ‫رة...
  • Page 612 ١٦٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ء‬ – ‫وج‬ ‫ل/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬OR2 ‫ا‬ ‫غ ا‬ ‫وا‬ (‫وج‬ ‫ل/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Entry/Exit ‫و‬ ‫ً دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة( أو أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬...
  • Page 613 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Transport ‫و‬ ‫ا م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ا ود اد‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫1 إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫/ ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 614 ١٦١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫م ه ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً /ا‬ / ‫آ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫أ م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫أ ار ع‬ ،( / ً / ‫42 آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 615 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٠ • ‫ار ع ا دة ا دي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( )ر‬OR2) 2 ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ (NRH) ‫ً ( – ه ا ا‬ ‫—...
  • Page 616 ١٥٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ح‬ (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬LAUNCH ‫زر‬ ‫3. ا‬ 500 ‫أول‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ،( ‫ا‬ ً / ‫001 آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ أو ا‬TRX ‫از‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 617 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٨ • • • AUTO ‫ع ا دة‬ ‫أو‬ ) Baja ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ً ‫ه ا ا‬ – BAJA ‫ه ا ا‬ – ( ‫ )ا‬CUSTOM ‫( و‬ ‫ )ا‬CUSTOM‫( و‬ ‫)ا و‬ .‫أداء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ق...
  • Page 618 ١٥٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • • TRX ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ – ( ‫ )ا‬SNOW ‫و‬ / ً / ‫46 آ‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وي‬ ‫م ا وران‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وا ت إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 619 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٦ • ‫( إذا‬SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن ا‬ .‫ع ا دة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أ‬ (SSC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 620 ١٥٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ . ً ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. أو‬ SSC ‫زر‬ ،(TRSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ر ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2 )ا‬WD/4WD HIGH ON/RUN ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 621 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٤ ‫رات‬ ، ً ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا ن ا‬ SERV 4WD ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫و . إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ 4WD HIGH) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 622 ١٥٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ام و‬ ‫ق. دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD AUTO ‫إ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 623 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٢ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. أ ء‬ ‫ك أو‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫إآ ل ه ا ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ .(‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫و‬...
  • Page 624 ١٥١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ SERV 4WD ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ع و‬ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫و . إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ 4WD HIGH) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 625 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٠ • — (4WD LOW) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫. وه‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ً ‫ق د ً ر‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ُ PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ز دة‬ ً ‫ك. ا ص دا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 626 ١٤٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2( إ‬WD) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3 أ ل‬ ‫2 إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5 آ‬ ‫3 إ‬ (4WD HIGH) • ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ة ا و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 627 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٨ ،‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫اث ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أآ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD HIGH ‫ن‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ً ء إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 628 ١٤٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ق ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫04 آ /ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ أو ا‬Selec-Speed .‫ق‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ )ا‬AutoStick ‫ن و‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا و‬ ‫دي‬ ً ‫ق آ‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 629 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٦ ‫)أو‬ ‫أذرع ا‬ TRX ‫ارات‬ ‫إ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬TOW/HAUL ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ .‫ع ا دة‬ ‫ام أو‬ ‫ر‬ ، ‫إ دة‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫( ا ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ )ا‬AutoStick ‫ت ا‬ ‫ق...
  • Page 630 ١٤٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ TOW/HAUL ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا س آ‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ة ا س وا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫د ا ا‬ ‫ح. و‬ ‫س‬ ‫أ ب‬ ‫رة ا آ ا‬ "+" ‫ا ر "-" أو‬ ‫دي...
  • Page 631 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٤ ‫ء‬ ‫ك وإ دة‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫أ ى إذا‬ ‫ق س‬ (ERS) ‫ق‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ام‬ ‫وف، دي ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ .١٤٥ ‫رة آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 632 ١٤٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. و‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ PARK ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ط...
  • Page 633 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٢ ‫و‬ ‫ )ا دة( إ‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل — إذا آ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ )ا دة( إ‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫( أو‬ ‫...
  • Page 634 ١٤١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وار — إذا آ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 635 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٠ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ه ا‬ . ‫ر‬ Uconnect ‫ات ا ز‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫إن‬ • ‫وج‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ً ‫ا‬...
  • Page 636 ١٣٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ل‬ ‫وط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ،(EPB) ‫ء‬ ً ‫ن ذ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫( ا‬EPB) • ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ " ‫ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ "...
  • Page 637 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٨ ، ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫(، أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ آ‬PARK ‫ا‬ ‫م و‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 638 ١٣٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ك أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫0053 دورة‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫د و‬ ‫ود‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ • ً ً ‫ك أو ز‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ون‬ ً ‫م ز‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د أ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ن...
  • Page 639 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٦ — ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا وران‬ ‫أ‬ ، ‫ك‬ ‫وإذا آ ن ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ 5.7‫ات و‬ ‫آ ت‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ث ذ‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا ر/ا‬ ‫ا وران‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 640 ١٣٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ز ء ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ON/RUN ‫ت( وو‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫( وو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ودوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر دوا‬ ، ،‫01 ان‬ ‫ ) ء‬ENGINE START/STOP ‫ا ر‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 641 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٤ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ت( إ‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ENGINE ‫ام زر‬ ‫ا دي‬ ‫ء ا‬ AutoPark Not" ‫ض ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫( و‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ) "Engaged ‫/إ ف‬ ‫ ) ء‬START/STOP ‫...
  • Page 642 ١٣٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫( أو أ‬ 1.2) / ‫رة 9.1 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫و م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ )ا‬AutoPark 1.2) / ‫9.1 آ‬...
  • Page 643 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٢ ‫ا ء وا‬ AUTOPARK ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ )ا‬AutoPark ‫م‬ ON/RUN ‫ت( أو و‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫آ‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة؛ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 644 ١٣١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫اءة ر‬ ‫أ‬ OBD II ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أو‬VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إذا‬ • ، ‫ك ا‬ ‫ز‬ ،II ○ ‫ذ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء أ‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 645 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٣٠ ‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإذا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ — (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ح‬ " OBD II ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 646 ١٢٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • (‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Sport ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ،‫ب‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ Sport ‫ن و‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 647 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٨ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ - إذا آ‬LaneSense ‫ء‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ LaneSense ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 648 ١٢٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا وران ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ار ع ا آ ب‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 649 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٦ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫إذا‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و د إ ر أو أآ‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ى...
  • Page 650 ١٢٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (4WD) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫)إ ف ا‬ .‫ا ر‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 651 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٤ LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ك، ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة، أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وإذا ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا رة( — إذا آ‬ ‫)ا‬...
  • Page 652 ١٢٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي — إذا آ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ء أ ن ا‬ ‫آ - إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ر‬ ،‫ط‬ ‫أ ن ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 653 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ً ء‬ ‫ق( و‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ء أ ء ء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح. إذا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه ا و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م ى ا آ ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 654 ١٢١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ء أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 655 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٠ • • ‫ا‬ ‫اء ور‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ 115 ‫رة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا اد ، وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫دد‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 656: Battery Saver

    ١١٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ع‬ • ‫و د‬ ‫ض ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع ا دة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 657 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٨ ‫ر‬ ،( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ‫ة ا س. ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ ) ا ( و ر‬OK ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ادات‬...
  • Page 658 ١١٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ي ا و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Trip Info ‫ا داء‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ Compass ‫ا رة‬ None (‫) ض/إ ء‬ ‫)ا‬ (‫ء‬...
  • Page 659 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٦ ‫- إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫– إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ) Oil Life Transmission ‫( –...
  • Page 660 ١١٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ down ‫أو‬ ‫ )أ‬up ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ / ‫ر‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫)أ‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 661 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٤ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) Trip Info ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Audio Menu ‫ان‬ / ‫ر‬...
  • Page 662: Braking Distance

    ١١٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫06 ً (/رد ا‬ ‫0 إ‬ ) ‫ً ا‬ ‫0 إ‬ • ‫ )ا‬Best • (‫ة‬ ‫ )ا‬Last ‫ )ا‬Current • ً 60 ‫رد ا‬ ‫و‬ ( ً 330 ‫0 إ‬ ‫0 إ‬ ‫...
  • Page 663 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٢ ○ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا داء - إذا آ‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة – إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ر‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 664: Vehicle Info

    ١١١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • • • ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر ( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ) Battery Voltage ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫/ ء...
  • Page 665 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٠ ‫ )إ ف‬Adaptive Cruise Control Off ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫اد ا‬ Adaptive Cruise" ‫ض ا‬ ،(ACC) ‫و...
  • Page 666: Audio Info

    ١٠٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ○ • ‫دة‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ً ‫4. ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor ‫ا‬ ○ ،‫وط‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ Route Not / (‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 667 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٨ • • ‫ض ا‬ ‫)ا‬MENU ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ • ‫ً أو‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫م ا‬ • • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 668 ١٠٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫1 — زر‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 669 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٦ ‫س‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫5. ا‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ○ ‫د‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ Analog ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫.
  • Page 670 ١٠٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ TRX –– ‫زة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 671 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٤ ‫ض‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ً ‫دي ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ○ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة إ‬ ً...
  • Page 672 ١٠٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زة –– ا‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 673 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أو‬ ‫–– ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫ك )ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ًا إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أو ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫و‬ ○ ‫د ا ورات‬ ‫ك‬...
  • Page 674 ١٠١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫–– ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 675 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٠ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أو‬ ○ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ‫أن‬ ‫–– ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ك. أ ا اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 676 ٩٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫–– ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 677 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٨ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا ع ه ا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و/أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 678 ٩٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫راع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫آ . ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫وإ دة آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 679 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ أ‬J ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ — 1 J ‫ف‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ م‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ا‬ J ‫ف‬ ‫ف ا ي‬ ‫3.
  • Page 680 ٩٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج‬ ‫ك ذراع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬J ‫ف‬ ‫ف ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫واد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫8. وأ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫. اد ا‬ ‫واد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 681 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٤ ‫. آ ر ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث‬ 2 ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر 3 و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ه‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5. ار ا‬ .2 ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر 3 وا ه‬ ‫4.
  • Page 682 ٩٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج‬ ‫ك ذراع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬J ‫ف‬ ‫ف ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا زا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫زا‬ ّ َ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 683 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م أ‬ ‫وإ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 684 ٩١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫م‬ ُ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ُ ِ ّ إ‬ ‫ا ُ ِ ّ ، و‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 685 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٠ RAMBOX ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوً أ‬ ‫أ‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ل‬ • ، ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د ل ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 686 ٨٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ RamBox ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ RamBox ‫ا‬ ‫ادة‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ و‬RamBox ‫زر‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ .RamBox ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 687 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٨ ‫ - إذا آ‬RAMBOX ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أب‬ ‫وق‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ ه‬RamBox ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل ق‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ • :‫ات‬ ‫ث‬ ‫م دارة ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 688 ٨٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫) ون‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أزل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا ن إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م زا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ّ ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 689 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٦ ‫أو‬ ‫وق أدوات أو‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ،‫أب‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث وه‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ ا‬Mopar® ‫وق‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أو‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 690 ٨٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫واد‬ ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ، ً ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 691 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٤ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ‫ة َ َ رج‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وج‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ودة ب‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫. إذا آ‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 692 ٨٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق‬ ‫دة‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ك ب ا‬ ‫أ‬ (‫ا زات‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫آ أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫وق‬ ‫د‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. ا‬ ‫إد...
  • Page 693 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٢ ‫د‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫4. دع ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ،‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫دون إ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬...
  • Page 694 ٨١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫و‬ :‫ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا راع‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ َ ‫ا‬ ‫اض أي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ه ا ا ب ا‬ .‫ة‬...
  • Page 695 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٠ ‫اض أي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ُ ا آ ب‬ ‫رة. إن‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 696 ٧٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫و ت‬ ‫ث‬ ‫إذا أدت‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وث ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ط و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ .‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 697 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٨ ‫ق ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا وي‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ل آ‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫و ع دث‬ • ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 698 ٧٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت اه از ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ه ب ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت اه از ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ذن أو آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا ه از‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز...
  • Page 699 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٦ ‫ة ا و‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ً ‫ة ب ا اآ أ‬ ‫آ ة ب‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ال ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا ا إ إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا اآ‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 700 ٧٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ، ‫أو إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ان، و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ ه ً ا ورة‬UV-C ‫ق ا‬ ‫در ت‬ UV-C ‫ق ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ّ ِ UV-C ‫ق ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫و‬ •...
  • Page 701: Apple Carplay

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٤ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ذ‬...
  • Page 702 ٧٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ر )إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫: أآ‬ ‫ء أ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ّ َ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ه‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ود ً ا ر ل ه ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ً دا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 703 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٢ ‫رة‬ ‫ّ ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ :TRX ‫د ت‬ ‫أ‬ ‫( دا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫)004 واط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ل‬ ‫ا ا‬ .‫آ ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 704 ٧١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أي‬ ‫رة، آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫اف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫( أو إ ف‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 705 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٠ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ “Another device is in use through the same USB port. Please disconnect the ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ first device to use the second device”. ‫رة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت دا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 706 ٦٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ USB/AUX ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زع ا‬ ‫ا‬ : ً ‫ إ‬USB ‫أر‬ .‫ة س‬ ‫أ‬ ) ‫ن‬ USB ‫ا‬ ‫( و‬C ‫ا ع‬ ) Mini-USB ‫(. آ‬A ‫ا ع‬ .USB ‫...
  • Page 707 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٨ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ — 1 ‫ف ه 311 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫2 — ا‬ .( ً...
  • Page 708 ٦٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫وا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 40/20/40 ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أآ اب ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 709 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٦ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة‬ TRX ‫از‬ - ‫آ ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وق‬ ‫وق‬ ‫آ ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ .‫ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أآ اب‬ ‫د ا وس( و‬ ‫د أ م‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 710 ٦٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫و ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ م‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب اد . ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 711 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٤ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج إذا آ ن وزن‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ل‬ • .‫ت آ ة ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز 5.4 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 712 ٦٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Autostop ‫و‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 713 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٢ • Set driver temperature to 20 " ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫در‬ ) "degrees ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ • ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات در‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫در‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 714 ٦١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫ارة ا اء‬ ‫ارة در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ح ا‬ Rear Defrost Control ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س. و‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 715 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إزا ا‬Defrost ‫ء و‬ (‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ) A/C ‫زر‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وف‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ة إ دة و ا اء‬ ‫وو‬ (‫ا اء‬ ) A/C ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 716 ٥٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫ا اء ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 717 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٨ ‫و‬ ‫ا ر ا زرق )أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إزا‬Front Defrost ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م ا ع ه ا‬ ‫إن‬...
  • Page 718 ٥٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫إ دة ا و أو‬ ‫و‬ • (‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫إ اد‬ . ‫ذ‬ ‫، و إ‬ ‫وإزا ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة و‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 719 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٦ • ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا ر‬ ‫ا ول وا‬ َ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا ا إذا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 720 ٥٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ذاذ‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫دورة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫، اد‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ،‫رات ا رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ذاذ ا‬ ‫ا ى أو‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذراع...
  • Page 721 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٤ ً ‫رة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫د إدارة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ً أو‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اء ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 722 ٥٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا /ا اءة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫د‬ ً ‫ي أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا زرار ا‬ ‫اءة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل إدارة ص‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 723: Lane Change Assist

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٢ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ) LANE CHANGE ASSIST ً 60 ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رة( - إذا آ‬ ‫، آ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 724 ٥١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب - إذا آ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة را‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫. دي و‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 725 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٠ • ‫ف‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ Advanced Auto High- ‫و‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ذي‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫، ّ ك‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Beam Sensitivity Control ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫—...
  • Page 726 ٤٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (DRLS) ‫ري‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ (DRL) ‫ر‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ءة أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و م‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫ذ أو أي‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 727 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٨ ‫اء ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أس‬ ‫و ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ل آ ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ق رؤ أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 728 ٤٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ة ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات...
  • Page 729 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٦ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ...
  • Page 730 ٤٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ٍ ل‬ ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫أ ء ا دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫م ؤ أ‬ ‫ل و ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 731 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٤ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا وا ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫( أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا وا ت أ ء‬ • ‫ا وا ت‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 732 ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫زر إ ء ا‬ ‫2— ا‬ ‫( أو‬Uconnect ً ) "Hey Uconnect" ‫ح ا وا ت ا‬ .(Ram ً ) "Hey Ram" ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 733 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٢ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬NAV ‫ر‬ ‫إذا رأ‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Apps .Uconnect 5 NAV ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا أس ا ص‬ ‫س‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ،‫ا آ ب‬ • Uconnect 5 ‫م‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 734 ٤١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وا اآ‬ ‫رأس أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا أس، ا‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 735 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠ • • ‫ً ة أ ى‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ٍ ل( أو‬HI ‫إ ادات ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) MED ‫ر‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫( أو‬ ) LO ‫( أو‬...
  • Page 736 ٣٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫وج ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 737 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫أو آ‬ ‫ء وا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زاو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ر ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ .‫ً ا‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 738 ٣٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ .‫أ اء‬ ‫ُ ّ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإذا آ‬ ‫راع أو‬ (%20) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 739 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦ ً‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ً‫م و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫م و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫أ آ‬ ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ • ‫أ‬ ،‫ً وار ا راع‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 740 ٣٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات ا اآ ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ذج ا اآ ة دون ا‬ ‫زر إ ء‬ ً ،(S) ‫زر ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫(، إ أ‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ل 01 ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 741 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫إ ادات ا اآ ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫أ ء ا دة. إن‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫أ ء ا دة أو ا دة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 742 ٣٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫اب‬ ‫ل - ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و د‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 743 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢ • ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م د ل‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ض‬ ، ً ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ 1.5) ‫5 أ ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة ا س ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ اب ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 744 ٣١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ح‬ ‫ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫ه ك‬ . ً ‫أو‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أي‬ ‫( ا‬FOBIK) ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 745: Keyless Enter-N-Go

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رج ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة، آ دوً أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫در‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رج ا‬ ‫(، و‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫وج‬...
  • Page 746 ٢٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ً‫ن و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل ا‬ ، ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫أ اب‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫م...
  • Page 747 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨ ○ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة - إذا آ‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض إ ى ا‬ ‫ودة‬...
  • Page 748 ٢٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا‬MTC) ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫"أ‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ " ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ Remote Start ‫ل ة‬ ‫ات‬...
  • Page 749 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦ • ‫ك إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫، و ّ ك‬ ‫زر إ ء ا‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ُ ا‬ ‫زر ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ا ا‬ .(‫ق‬...
  • Page 750 ٢٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ( ُ ‫ ) ء ا‬Remote Start ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ُ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا رد وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫زا ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 751 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤ ‫ ) ء ا‬START • ( ‫ا ا‬ ‫ن ا م‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ Sentry Key ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل ه ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫اق.
  • Page 752 ٢٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ SENTRY KEY ‫ي آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫دو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أ ج‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ • ‫رة وذ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬Sentry Key . ‫ا‬ ‫رة دون‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 753 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫زر‬ (1) ‫ارئ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫1. أ ج‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ارئ )2( ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ارئ إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 754 ٢١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ُ ( - إذا آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف و‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ،‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ة وا ة أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 755 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن‬ ،‫زر‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي‬ ،( / ‫)4 آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 756 ١٩ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )و‬Snow Mode ‫ء‬ ١٣٠ ١٢٩ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ )ا دة ا‬Sport ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ ١٣٠ ١٢٩ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫ء‬...
  • Page 757 ١٨ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٨ ١٢٩ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD AUTO ‫ء‬ (‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) ECO ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٩ ١٢٨...
  • Page 758 ١٧ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر ا وران ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ل/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٧ ١٢٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٨ ١٢٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )و‬WD Low ‫ء‬...
  • Page 759 ١٦ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف/ا ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ء ا‬ ١٢٧ ١٢٥ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا ر ع ا دي‬ ‫ء‬ (4WD) ‫ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 760 ١٥ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ء ا‬ (ESC) (ACC) ١٢٤ ١٢٣ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ /(MIL) ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 761 ١٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ء‬ (ETC) ‫ق‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٢ ١٢٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ (EPS) ً ‫ز آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ١٢٣ ١٢١ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 762 ١٣ ‫ز‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫رة‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫، ووزن‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ن وزن‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر زه إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ، ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 763 ١٢ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ — A ‫رة ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ — ا‬B...
  • Page 764 ١١ ‫ات‬ ‫ت/و ات ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ت/و ات‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫م.
  • Page 765 ١٠ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ت و/أو إد ل ا‬ ‫ت وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ FCA ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ . ً ‫ت‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دون أي ا ام‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ت ه ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ز‬...
  • Page 766 ٩ ، ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫ة. آ وا‬ ‫ ا‬Ram ‫رة‬ ‫اء‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. إن ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫رات ا آ ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ آ وإ ز‬...
  • Page 767 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٨ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠٦ ....٣٩٣ ......‫ات‬...
  • Page 768 ٧ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ٣٤٣ ......٢٩٨...
  • Page 769 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٦ ‫ق‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ٢٦٨ ..... . . ٢١٩ ....‫ل‬...
  • Page 770 ٥ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ — ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ١٨٣ ..١٤١ .. . ١٦٦ ....‫ودة‬...
  • Page 771: Engine Start/Stop

    ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ١٢٩ ... ٨٠ ..... . . ‫ن...
  • Page 772 ٣ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب - إذا آ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ٦٣ ... . ٥١ .. ٤٥ ..... ‫ا‬...
  • Page 773 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٢ ‫إ ادات ا اآ ة‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ء ا‬ ٣٤ ....‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ج...
  • Page 774 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٩ ..................٢٠...
  • Page 776 .Google ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬Google Play Store ‫ وتعد‬Apple Inc. ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬App Store ‫. تعد‬FCA US LLC ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬Ram ‫ لعام 3202. كل الحقوق محفوظة. تعد‬FCA US LLC ‫حقوق النشر ©...

Table of Contents

Save PDF